<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Perspectoff</id>
	<title>LinuxMCE - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Perspectoff"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Perspectoff"/>
	<updated>2026-05-11T04:42:35Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.44.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=29359</id>
		<title>User:Perspectoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=29359"/>
		<updated>2012-01-17T22:41:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:User Setups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My step-by-step installation is [[Perspectoff Setup|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debian, Ubuntu 7.10 and LinuxMCE (64 bit 0710 RC2) / Kubuntu 7.10 user. Yeah, I also dual boot XP at tax time and so my kids can play some of their games. Oh, grow up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have a nested LAN configuration, to keep a business network separate from the LinuxMCE network. I am currently sorting out how to [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wirelessly netboot]] Media Directors, which isn&#039;t as easy as I had thought it would be. If you have a suggestion, please add it to the [[netboot]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a hybrid Core/Media Director I use a Walmart $299 W3644 Gateway/eMachine with 64 bit Sempron (at 2.1 GHz, 512KB L2 cache, 1600MHz system bus), 1Gb dual channel DDR RAM, nVidia GeForce 6100 series integrated video with 128 Mb shared video memory, 160 Gb HDD, DVD-CD RW, Targus wireless USB mouse. (Drawbacks: not enough PCI expansion slots). Greyfox wired analog cameras, Bluecherry video capture board. X10 automation with CM11A serial port controller. HTD MA-1235 12 channel whole house audio amplifier (set-up for nested 5.1 surround sound). ViewSonic Cine5000 Home Theater 720p Projector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer project:&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up an &amp;quot;outdoor home theater&amp;quot; for my kids and the rest of the neighborhood. Fine tuning how to change the outputs for the surround sound to be switched to my outdoor patio speakers, and to watch media on a big screen, from a projector (like a drive-in!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) HVAC and radiant heat using X10 thermostats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Integrate motion detection with lights for security. Setup an automated phone call over VOIP to the police for home invasion, based on motion (and other) parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The usual: Home Theater with VDR and follow me controls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To try the new, inexpensive mini-PCs as Media Directors. Netbooting doesn&#039;t seem to be the problem, but inputs and outputs (graphics cards and surround sound) may be.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon:&lt;br /&gt;
Netgear ReadyNAS with RAID 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, yeah. I also write [http://ubuntuguide.org Ubuntuguide], [http://ubuntuguide.org/wiki/Kubuntuguide Kubuntuguide], [http://ubuntudoctorsguild.org Ubuntu Doctors Guild], and created [http://sourceforge.net/projects/ubuntu-med/ Ubuntu-Med]. Did I mention that I completely re-wrote this LinuxMCE wiki a few years ago?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24946</id>
		<title>User:Perspectoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24946"/>
		<updated>2010-08-23T20:31:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:User Setups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My step-by-step installation is [[Perspectoff Setup|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debian, Ubuntu 7.10 and LinuxMCE (64 bit 0710 RC2) / Kubuntu 7.10 user. Yeah, I also dual boot XP at tax time and so my kids can play some of their games. Oh, grow up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have a nested LAN configuration, to keep a business network separate from the LinuxMCE network. I am currently sorting out how to [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wirelessly netboot]] Media Directors, which isn&#039;t as easy as I had thought it would be. If you have a suggestion, please add it to the [[netboot]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a hybrid Core/Media Director I use a Walmart $299 W3644 Gateway/eMachine with 64 bit Sempron (at 2.1 GHz, 512KB L2 cache, 1600MHz system bus), 1Gb dual channel DDR RAM, nVidia GeForce 6100 series integrated video with 128 Mb shared video memory, 160 Gb HDD, DVD-CD RW, Targus wireless USB mouse. (Drawbacks: not enough PCI expansion slots). Greyfox wired analog cameras, Bluecherry video capture board. X10 automation with CM11A serial port controller. HTD MA-1235 12 channel whole house audio amplifier (set-up for nested 5.1 surround sound). ViewSonic Cine5000 Home Theater 720p Projector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer project:&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up an &amp;quot;outdoor home theater&amp;quot; for my kids and the rest of the neighborhood. Fine tuning how to change the outputs for the surround sound to be switched to my outdoor patio speakers, and to watch media on a big screen, from a projector (like a drive-in!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) HVAC and radiant heat using X10 thermostats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Integrate motion detection with lights for security. Setup an automated phone call over VOIP to the police for home invasion, based on motion (and other) parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The usual: Home Theater with VDR and follow me controls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To try the new, inexpensive mini-PCs as Media Directors. Netbooting doesn&#039;t seem to be the problem, but inputs and outputs (graphics cards and surround sound) may be.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon:&lt;br /&gt;
Netgear ReadyNAS with RAID 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, yeah. I also write [http://ubuntuguide.org Ubuntuguide], [http://kubuntuguide.org Kubuntuguide], [http://ubuntudoctorsguild.org Ubuntu Doctors Guild], and created [http://sourceforge.net/projects/ubuntu-med/ Ubuntu-Med]. Did I mention that I completely re-wrote this LinuxMCE wiki a few years ago?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24945</id>
		<title>User:Perspectoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24945"/>
		<updated>2010-08-23T20:30:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:User Setups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My step-by-step installation is [[Perspectoff Setup|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debian, Ubuntu 7.10 and LinuxMCE (64 bit 0710 RC2) / Kubuntu 7.10 user. Yeah, I also dual boot XP at tax time and so my kids can play some of their games. Oh, grow up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have a nested LAN configuration, to keep a business network separate from the LinuxMCE network. I am currently sorting out how to [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wirelessly netboot]] Media Directors, which isn&#039;t as easy as I had thought it would be. If you have a suggestion, please add it to the [[netboot]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a hybrid Core/Media Director I use a Walmart $299 W3644 Gateway/eMachine with 64 bit Sempron (at 2.1 GHz, 512KB L2 cache, 1600MHz system bus), 1Gb dual channel DDR RAM, nVidia GeForce 6100 series integrated video with 128 Mb shared video memory, 160 Gb HDD, DVD-CD RW, Targus wireless USB mouse. (Drawbacks: not enough PCI expansion slots). Greyfox wired analog cameras, Bluecherry video capture board. X10 automation with CM11A serial port controller. HTD MA-1235 12 channel whole house audio amplifier (set-up for nested 5.1 surround sound). ViewSonic Cine5000 Home Theater 720p Projector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer project:&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up an &amp;quot;outdoor home theater&amp;quot; for my kids and the rest of the neighborhood. Fine tuning how to change the outputs for the surround sound to be switched to my outdoor patio speakers, and to watch media on a big screen, from a projector (like a drive-in!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) HVAC and radiant heat using X10 thermostats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Integrate motion detection with lights for security. Setup an automated phone call over VOIP to the police for home invasion, based on motion (and other) parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The usual: Home Theater with VDR and follow me controls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To try the new, inexpensive mini-PCs as Media Directors. Netbooting doesn&#039;t seem to be the problem, but inputs and outputs (graphics cards and surround sound) may be.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon:&lt;br /&gt;
Netgear ReadyNAS with RAID 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, yeah. I also write [http://ubuntuguide.org Ubuntuguide], [http://kubuntuguide.org Kubuntuguide], [http://ubuntudoctorsguild.org Ubuntu Doctors Guild], and created [http://sourceforge.net/projects/ubuntu-med/ Ubuntu-Med]. Did I mention that I completely re-wrote the LinuxMCE a few years ago?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24944</id>
		<title>User:Perspectoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=User:Perspectoff&amp;diff=24944"/>
		<updated>2010-08-23T20:30:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:User Setups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My step-by-step installation is [[Perspectoff Setup|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debian, Ubuntu 7.10 and LinuxMCE (64 bit 0710 RC2) / Kubuntu 7.10 user. Yeah, I also dual boot XP at tax time and so my kids can play some of their games. Oh, grow up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have a nested LAN configuration, to keep a business network separate from the LinuxMCE network. I am currently sorting out how to [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wirelessly netboot]] Media Directors, which isn&#039;t as easy as I had thought it would be. If you have a suggestion, please add it to the [[netboot]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a hybrid Core/Media Director I use a Walmart $299 W3644 Gateway/eMachine with 64 bit Sempron (at 2.1 GHz, 512KB L2 cache, 1600MHz system bus), 1Gb dual channel DDR RAM, nVidia GeForce 6100 series integrated video with 128 Mb shared video memory, 160 Gb HDD, DVD-CD RW, Targus wireless USB mouse. (Drawbacks: not enough PCI expansion slots). Greyfox wired analog cameras, Bluecherry video capture board. X10 automation with CM11A serial port controller. HTD MA-1235 12 channel whole house audio amplifier (set-up for nested 5.1 surround sound). ViewSonic Cine5000 Home Theater 720p Projector. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer project:&lt;br /&gt;
Setting up an &amp;quot;outdoor home theater&amp;quot; for my kids and the rest of the neighborhood. Fine tuning how to change the outputs for the surround sound to be switched to my outdoor patio speakers, and to watch media on a big screen, from a projector (like a drive-in!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) HVAC and radiant heat using X10 thermostats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Integrate motion detection with lights for security. Setup an automated phone call over VOIP to the police for home invasion, based on motion (and other) parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) The usual: Home Theater with VDR and follow me controls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To try the new, inexpensive mini-PCs as Media Directors. Netbooting doesn&#039;t seem to be the problem, but inputs and outputs (graphics cards and surround sound) may be.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Soon:&lt;br /&gt;
Netgear ReadyNAS with RAID 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh, yeah. I also write [http://ubuntuguide.org Ubuntuguide], [http://kubuntuguide.org Kubuntuguide], [http://ubuntudoctorsguild.org Ubuntu Doctors Guild], and created [http://sourceforge.net/projects/ubuntu-med/ Ubuntu-Med]. Did I mention that I completely re-wrote the LinuxMCE a few years ago?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Video&amp;diff=16543</id>
		<title>Video</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Video&amp;diff=16543"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Preface to the LinuxMCE 704 video */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sample_user_setups]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch one of the two demo videos instantly on Google video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=2176025602905109829&amp;amp;hl=en LinuxMCE 7.04 video]&lt;br /&gt;
:*[http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-4422887272477313460&amp;amp;q=linuxmce&amp;amp;ei=iQUrSPfRKaTeqwP4k7SgCQ&amp;amp;hl=en An older LinuxMCE demo and comparison to Windows MCE] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download the video from the [[Mirrors]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Preface to the LinuxMCE 704 video=&lt;br /&gt;
Note: this is an older version of LinuxMCE, but it is a good introductory video for seeing the capabilities of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Caveats==&lt;br /&gt;
Not much.  So far most users have reported it works as expected on the first try so long as the video card is compatible.  The Quick install DVD I used in the video is more foolproof than the CD, however, you have to watch out for the network connection as mentioned below under the &amp;quot;The setup wizard&amp;quot;.  If you don&#039;t have gallery art or the list of optional software under &#039;add software&#039; is empty, you probably don&#039;t have a network connection.  If you can&#039;t play commercial dvd&#039;s, you don&#039;t have libdvdcss installed; be sure it&#039;s legal in your area and install it on the &#039;add software&#039; tab in the setup wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose of the video==&lt;br /&gt;
The original LinuxMCE 1.0 demo video was done in only a couple hours and just shows some of the software&#039;s capabilities.  Much more effort was put into this new video which is intended to be a complete walk-through and tutorial that you can follow along, as much as a demo.  Together with this document, which explains all the steps in more detail, it should be a getting started guide for LinuxMCE.  Some things in this document are technical and intended for seasoned Linux users who want to get under the hood, but the goal is that newbie&#039;s can get LinuxMCE up and running quickly.  While there are still missing pieces in LinuxMCE, the features shown in the video are stable and the steps shown work every time if you have known-compatible hardware, so anybody should be able to follow the video and get the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting the video in high-def==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s easy to watch the video on [http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=2176025602905109829&amp;amp;hl=en Google Video] since you don&#039;t need to download anything.  But, the quality is pretty bad so if you&#039;re interested in LinuxMCE it&#039;s recommended you download the original version, which is in 720p high-def from one of the [[Mirrors]].  In it you can read everything on the screen clearly, even the small text on the web pages.  All the screen captures and footage were done in HD.  It&#039;s available in 2 formats: To watch it on a Windows PC, the Windows Media Video (wmv) format is easiest since you don&#039;t need any codecs and it&#039;s widely supported.  It&#039;s also in Ogg Theora format (.ogm), which is supported by most Linux distros and can be played using the Kubuntu Live CD.  The quality is about the same between the 2 formats, and they&#039;re 400MB and 24 minutes long.  It&#039;s been reported that some Windows Media Players don&#039;t properly sync the audio and video.  This is a Windows Media bug and pausing the video and repositioning it by sliding the &#039;current position&#039; scroll bar cause Windows to re-sync.  Under Linux most video drivers don&#039;t offer hardware acceleration so playing back HD content can be choppy if you don&#039;t have a fast enough system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Stability of the software==&lt;br /&gt;
The actual architecture in the original LinuxMCE 1.0, which was inherited from Pluto, was already stable.  However, the integration with Ubuntu was very incomplete, the setup was pre-alpha at best, and a lot of the features didn&#039;t work.  In the online survey which asks users if their installation was successful only 23% said &#039;yes&#039;.  With the RC1 for this version it is now 86%, which is quite good considering only 93% reported they were able to get through the Kubuntu installation.  Every feature in the demo video should be stable now, with a few exceptions noted below.  Basic media playback is now rock solid.  A stress-test demo script hammers the system constantly, changing content, playback speed, skipping chapters, etc., several times a seconds, while in parallel forcing the GUI&#039;s screens to change, flip through cover art, etc.  I&#039;ve left it running for days, simulating hundreds of thousands of media cycles, without any crashes.  There are still missing features, but what you see in the demo video works well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Equipment used in the demo=&lt;br /&gt;
In the detailed info for the video I reference the equipment used by number in parenthesis: e.g. boot the computer (1) and insert the [[IR]] receiver (2).  Here is the equipment and, when available, the manufacturers page or a source page.  I tried to use only widely available, off-the-shelf components when possible to remain vendor neutral and non-commercial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The computer consisted of an [http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16813131014 ASUS m2npv-vm motherboard BIOS version 0901], [http://www.newegg.com/Product/ProductList.aspx?Submit=ENE&amp;amp;N=2+50001028+40000343+1051720996+1302820275+1389627502&amp;amp;Configurator=&amp;amp;Subcategory=343&amp;amp;description=&amp;amp;Ntk=&amp;amp;srchInDesc= AMD Athlon 64 X2 3600+ CPU], [http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16822145069 80GB hard drive], Realtek 8139 as the 2nd network card, 1GB RAM, generic CD/DVD, keyboard used only to to install&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.usbuirt.com/ USB UIRT IR Receiver Transmitter]  IRTrans and Tira supposedly are also fully supported, and some of the Windows ones work, but for receiving [[IR]] only, not for transmitting [[IR]] codes to other devices.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.newegg.com/Product/Product.aspx?Item=N82E16880100851 Standard Windows MCE remote] Found some on Ebay for $7 without the receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Fiire_Chief|Fiire Chief Gyro Remote]] This is a possible exception to the rule that I use only &amp;quot;widely available&amp;quot; components, as there is only one source for this remote to my knowledge.  The one used in the video was donated to me by [[Fiire]], who provided the code that was added into LinuxMCE 0704 to make it work.  They also donated the thin clients and their LinuxMCE PC (called the Fiire Engine) and the HD camcorder for the new demo video.  I didn&#039;t show the Fiire Engine in the video because you can do the same thing with a generic PC.  I have no ownership or financial ties to Fiire, and encourage alternative solutions be added to this wiki.  Fiire&#039;s remote itself is a custom OEM development, based off of the [[Using_the_Gyration_Remote_GYR3101US_Non-Fiire_Chief|Gyration GYR3101US]]. Most features are available on both remotes with a proper event map, with exception of the &amp;quot;Follow Me&amp;quot; feature. A regular Windows MCE infrared remote is a less expensive solution. &#039;&#039;&#039;Please read about the long list of [[Fiire#Issues|issues]] with Fiire hardware before purchasing.&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
#[[Hauppauge WinTV-PVR-150 MCE]]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Buffalo Linkstation|Buffalo Link Station, model HD-HG300LAN]]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Sharp Aquos LCD|Sharp Aquos LCD TV, model LC-26D6U]]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Yamaha RXV-1500|Yamaha Receiver, model RXV-1500]]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Motorola DCT-6412|Motorola Dual-Tuner HD PVR from the cable company, model DCT-6412]]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/489034-REG/Sony_VGP_XL1B3_VAIO_VGP_XL1B3_Media_Changer.html/kw/SOVGPXL1B3 Sony VAIO VGP-XL1B3] These Sony&#039;s are going out of production.  You can also use the [[Powerfile R200]], which is otherwise identical, but more expensive.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.smarthome.com/1181.html ZWave lamp module], [http://www.smarthomeusa.com/ShopByManufacturer/HomePro/Item/ZIR000/ ZWave motion detector], [http://www.smarthome.com/1186.html ZWave Master Controller].  The Zwave USB dongle I showed in the video is out of production.  I&#039;m not sure which dongles currently in production will work.&lt;br /&gt;
#The thin clients were also donated by [[Fiire]], coined the [[Fiire Station]]. Since the filming of this video the unit has been discontinued and replaced with the [[Fiire#Fiire Invisible|Fiire Invisible]]. &#039;&#039;&#039;Please see a list of [[Fiire#Issues|issues]] before purchasing.&#039;&#039;&#039; My unit was a pre-production prototype and final pricing wasn&#039;t available, but I was warned that they will be very expensive because they&#039;re custom and the components are specialized to get it down to 9 watts so it can be put in a 1&amp;quot; case with no ventilation.  You can also use a laptop as a thin-client.  I have a Dell laptop with an nVidia graphics card.  When it boots you can press F12 to make it boot off the LAN, and then it becomes a LinuxMCE media director automatically, exactly as shown in the video.  However, sometimes the nVidia driver doesn&#039;t properly handle the laptops internal vs. external monitor setting, and the nVidia card still has the video tearing issue I mentioned.  There are small form-factor thin clients made using off-the-shelf components that should be cheaper than the one in my video.  I don&#039;t have any to test, but I would encourage users to add notes to this wiki pointing out low-cost options.  Also, if some volunteers could figure out how to get cheap, subsidized hardware, like XBox, to work as a LinuxMCE media director that would make LinuxMCE more accessible.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://slimdevices.com/ SqueezeBox Network music player]&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://dtresearch.com/ DT375 Web pad]&lt;br /&gt;
#Almost all USB Bluetooth dongles work out of the box&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Nokia 6620]], series 60 phone.&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Panasonic BL-C10]] IP camera.&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Cisco 7970]] VOIP Phone&lt;br /&gt;
#Generic e-sata controller and sata drives in e-sata enclosures were used for the RAID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Detailed info on the video=&lt;br /&gt;
Before each stage is an elapsed time in brackets showing how long it took in real life to get to that step.  In other words, the installation took 19 minutes + 3 minutes to boot so it took 22 minutes to get to the video wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
==PC Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
I had to upgrade the BIOS on my PC (1) and in the BIOS under Advanced, Chipset increase the frame buffer size to 128MB RAM.  That is the amount of memory given to the video card.  You need 128MB of RAM to use UI2 because of the OpenGL effects.  A lack of Linux video drivers is, I feel, the #1 problem facing LinuxMCE and any Linux-based media application that doesn&#039;t use proprietary platforms (ie like TiVo and cable boxes).  The only free drivers for PC hardware that seem to support compositing, masking and opengl in Linux are nVidia&#039;s closed-source proprietary drivers; the nv open source drivers for nVidia can&#039;t do this.  The nVidia closed-source drivers are pretty stable, however, when you turn on alpha blending in UI2 the video quality is not great; there is some video tearing and the de-interlacing is pretty poor.  If you use the nVidia closed-source drivers with UI2 with masking (ie turn off alpha blending) the video quality is fine but the GUI is not as pretty without the alpha blending.  See the notes above about the proprietary, licensed drivers in the thin-clients shown in the demo video.  ATI&#039;s Linux drivers are not stable, and do not support alpha blending.  It seems there is a renewed interest in the Intel graphics chipsets since Intel released the drivers under the GPL.  However, they&#039;re still not at the same level as nVidia&#039;s and can&#039;t do alpha blending.  I believe that Via&#039;s drivers don&#039;t yet work with the 2.6.20 kernel in Kubuntu.  So for now the solution seems to be to use nVidia 6000, 7000 or 8000 cards with nVidia&#039;s closed source drivers.  LinuxMCE will automatically install the nVidia closed source drivers if it detects an nVidia card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:00] Install LinuxMCE==&lt;br /&gt;
Typically you only install LinuxMCE on one PC in the house, called the Core, and in any other rooms where you want media you use network boot or thin clients, which are called [[Media director|Media directors]].  You can also install just the [[Media director]] part of LinuxMCE on another Linux PC to use it as a media director and not use network boot.  Even so there must be one Core which has the full LinuxMCE software as media directors cannot run without a Core somewhere on the network since the Core is responsible for maintaining the central directory of all media and other devices scattered around the home.  If you install the full LinuxMCE Core on multple PC&#039;s, they will all act indepently and not share media and devices between them.  If you just want a stand-alone media PC, just 1 pc by itself like a &amp;quot;normal&amp;quot; htpc, then install the full LinuxMCE software on that Kubuntu PC.  You don&#039;t have to use the whole-house features.  When you install LinuxMCE with the normal Kubuntu Live CD and 2 LinuxMCE CD&#039;s you&#039;re asked lots of questions about your region, networking, etc.  But that installation takes a long time.  The DVD installer is very fast and uses all defaults, you only pick the hard drive to install onto.  LinuxMCE will use an IP locator service to figure out what city you&#039;re in and set your timezone, longitude and latitude, calculate your sunrise and sunset, and so on.  Later LinuxMCE will confirm the location so you can change it if it&#039;s not right.  The DVD installer will turn on LinuxMCE&#039;s DHCP server by default and serve addresses in the 192.168.80.x range.  Change this in the admin panel under Advanced, Networking.  Because it&#039;s running a DHCP server it&#039;s usually best that this main LinuxMCE box has dual network cards.  The &#039;external&#039; one connects to the internet, and the &#039;internal&#039; one to your LAN and the other devices in your home.  LinuxMCE has a configurable firewall in the admin panel.  During the installation it will attempt to acquire an IP address and access the internet on all your network cards.  Whichever succeeds is considered the &#039;external&#039; network that will GET an IP address from DHCP, and the other one is the internal one that GIVES out IP addresses with its own DHCP server.  If you have only 1 network card, it will use 2 aliases for the card.  In this case, it&#039;s best to disable any other DHCP server on the network and go into the admin panel under Advanced, Network settings and give the LinuxMCE PC a static ip addess for your internet connection, and let it continue to serve IP addresses with it&#039;s own DHCP server.  Or on that page you can just shut off LinuxMCE&#039;s DHCP server altogether, but then you won&#039;t be able to thin clients in other rooms and the plug and play engine won&#039;t automatically detect and configure IP devices.  After installation hit enter to boot up the first time, which will start the video resolution/audio setup wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:22] Run the Video Resolution/Audio Setup Wizard==&lt;br /&gt;
When the video resolution/audio setup wizard starts you&#039;ll hear a series of beeps.  Because consumer TV&#039;s do not usually report their resolution correctly with EDID like a PC Monitor, and LinuxMCE is designed to be used with a TV, this wizard bypasses the usual EDID exchange between the PC and the monitor to auto-detect the resolution and connector used.  Instead it just outputs whatever resolution you choose on whatever connector you pick like consumer a/v gear does.  When the wizard starts it will ouptut 640x480 on the VGA port.  If you can&#039;t see it because you&#039;re using another connector or your TV doesn&#039;t display this resolution, see [[AVWizard]] for keyboard shortcuts you can press when you hear the sequence of beeps to directly choose the connector, and then the resolution.  The wizard only starts on the first boot.  On future boots you will hear a series of descending beeps.  When you do, you can press the AV Menu button on the Gyro remote, or hold down SHIFT on the keyboard, to restart the wizard.  Again, you&#039;ll hear a alternating series of beeps to let you know when it&#039;s running so you can press those keyboard shortcuts if you don&#039;t have a picture, and again it will default to 640x480 on VGA.  When you hear the ascending beeps during the bootup, that means it&#039;s too late in the boot process to start the AV Wizard and it has stopped monitoring SHIFT and the AV Menu buttons because it&#039;s already starting the GUI with the current video settings.  In the TV UI, you can also choose Advanced, Video Res &amp;amp; Audio Setup to restart the computer and the wizard.  Many consumer TV&#039;s have overscan, meaning they chop off the edges of the picture.  So most media center PC&#039;s put the UI only in the middle with a lot of dead space around the edges.  But this is inefficient for browsing media because you lose a lot of screen space.  So, LinuxMCE uses the whole screen edge-to-edge, and  in this wizard shows arrows pointing at the edges of the screen.  If the arrows run off the edge of your screen, then you have overscan, and you should choose the +/- and arrow buttons to reduce the UI and fit it within your screen.  LinuxMCE will scale it&#039;s UI to fit this space.  Media playback will still be edge-to-edge, and you can rescale that while the media is playing with the zoom &amp;amp; aspect ratio button.  If you choose a digital audio connector (spdif) you&#039;ll be asked to confirm that you can hear the Dolby Digital and DTS samples.  There is no DTS sample clip, so just say &#039;yes&#039; if your receiver supports DTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Screenshots]] to see the difference between the UI options you can pick in this wizard.  UI1 runs on most any video card.  UI2 is more demanding since it uses OpenGL and requires a lot of video memory.  UI2 with masking is more widely supported than UI2 with alpha blending.  Also, with the nVidia card I have there is noticeable video tearing when watching movies with alpha blending turned on.  The video quality is fine when using UI2 with masking, but the UI doesn&#039;t look as nice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:27] The setup wizard==&lt;br /&gt;
Complete the setup wizard, which is divided in 2 parts: [[House Setup Wizard]] (global options for the home), and [[Media Player Wizard]] (just for this particular PC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Check your internet connection&#039;&#039;&#039; You won&#039;t have gallery art or a list of software to add, like libdvdcss for playing commercial dvd&#039;s, if you don&#039;t have an internet connection.  The Quick Install DVD I used in the demo video uses all default network settings.  I had a non-standard network setup because I have multiple LinuxMCE systems with multiple DHCP servers for testing, so I didn&#039;t show my network setup in the video.  But, after you type in your name and click ok to confirm your admin login, I suggest choosing &#039;kde desktop&#039;, and when kde starts up, choose &#039;launch admin web site&#039;, which starts firefox.  Open a tab and confirm you can browse the web.  If so, close Firefox and click &#039;Activate Orbiter&#039; to continue the setup wizard.  If not, go into the admin site and choose Advanced, Network, Network Settings and confirm the settings are ok.  If they look alright but you still don&#039;t have networking, click on &#039;update&#039; to stop/restart the networking.  If it&#039;s getting an IP from DHCP you should see it at the top of the page.  If you don&#039;t have a dual NIC system where 1 of the cards is able to get an IP address from DHCP, then you probably won&#039;t have internet connectivity until you assign a static IP.  If you have dual nic&#039;s then perhaps the default settings for which one is which is wrong, and you can click &#039;swap interfaces&#039;.  If you didn&#039;t have an internet connection already when you started the web browser, but do now, it&#039;s recommended to do 2 things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) If there was no internet connection at install time it won&#039;t have a current list of software packages you can add that don&#039;t come with LinuxMCE (like libdvdcss).  This process involves a google search to look for 3rd party add-in software for LinuxMCE, and can take several minutes.  To update this list, click the kde button in the lower left, and choose &#039;System&#039;, &#039;Konsole&#039;.  Close any tips popups and enter this line in the console:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo /usr/pluto/bin/getxmls&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) When it&#039;s done, reboot the system by choosing Wizard, Restart, Reboot in the admin panel.  Since it won&#039;t have been able to auto-determine your location with an ip lookup during installation, now when it boots again with an internet connection it will try again.  The setup wizard will start again since you didn&#039;t finish it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the house setup you can skip to &#039;done&#039; and continue to Media Player Setup after specifying the number of rooms in the house, confirming the names of the rooms and that it got your location correctly.  Then in Media Player Wizard, you only need to choose the room this is in and click next.  If you live in an area where DVD CSS decryption is legal, the add software screen will let you add it to watch commcerical dvd&#039;s.  When you choose software to add, wait a few minutes for the screen to refresh and the hourglass to go away.  You&#039;ll see a check mark next to all the software you added successfully.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the Quick Install DVD creates 1 Linux O/S user: linuxmce, password: linuxmce.  Any users for the Linux O/S have no correlation to the family members, aka LinuxMCE Users, you specify in the setup wizard.  They are 2 different concepts.  The Linux O/S users are just for this Linux PC, and are only used by the Linux O/S, and not by LinuxMCE.  You won&#039;t need them if you only use LinuxMCE and don&#039;t log in to the Linux O/S itself.  The family members you create in LinuxMCE are global for the whole house and shared amongst all LinuxMCE media directors in the home.  Each family member has his own private collection of media, his own voicemail, LinuxMCE admin web site, and so on.  &amp;quot;Activate Orbiter&amp;quot; in Launch Manager on the KDE desktop switches back to LinuxMCE&#039;s desktop, and is only available when LinuxMCE is running.  You can start and stop LinuxMCE in Launch Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:30] Watch a DVD==&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever LinuxMCE starts, the first time you click the screen or choose a button it is ignored because LinuxMCE assumes it starts with the TV off, so the first button you press re-sends an &#039;On&#039; command to the TV.  So if LinuxMCE controls your TV, the Power button on the remote stops media, and then will turn the TV off, and any of the menu buttons turn it on again.  Insert a DVD, plug-in the usb uirt, wait about 10 seconds after you see the &amp;quot;Installing software finished&amp;quot; for the device to startup, then start using the windows remote.  Note the Zoom &amp;amp; Aspect ratio are often incorrect.  The media player in LinuxMCE doesn&#039;t get it right all the time.  This should be fixed.  For now you can choose Menu, Zoom &amp;amp; Aspect to manually change it.&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:33] Connect the Gyro Remote==&lt;br /&gt;
Plug-in the usb dongle for the gyro remote.  After it says &amp;quot;Installation finished&amp;quot;, press &amp;quot;Connect&amp;quot; on the gyro remote.  This time you get a message that the device won&#039;t be active until you reload the router, which will stop the movie.  A reload, which takes about 15 seconds, is when the main message router DCERouter reloads and re-builds the list of all the devices in the home, and announces them to all the other devices.  Some devices require a reload and some don&#039;t.  It depends on whether other devices need to be aware of this device or not.  You should be notified whenever you add devices that require a reload.  If you&#039;re going to be adding lots of devices, don&#039;t bother doing a reload between each one.  Just add them all and do a reload at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:35] Navigate the media==&lt;br /&gt;
Press menu, choose &#039;Media&#039;, &#039;manage drives&#039;, then &#039;play&#039; next to the &#039;dvd&#039;.  That re-starts playback of whatever disk is in the drive so you don&#039;t need to eject and re-insert it.  Most DVD&#039;s have chapter names in the database so you&#039;ll see a description of the chapter.  This particular DVD doesn&#039;t, so you just see Chapter 1, Chapter 2, etc.  Note that the chapters are arranged in a DVD according to &amp;quot;Titles&amp;quot;.  Most Titles on a DVD have chapters, and there is no 100% sure way of determining which Title has the main movie, and which Titles have bonus material, menus, etc.  To my knowledge no other DVD player tries to figure out which Title contains the actual movie, to let you jump straight into the movie.  Most commercial DVD players make you wait through the copyright messages and use the DVD menu, while some, like VideoLan/VLC show all the titles and chapters, but leave it up to you to guess which Title has the actual movie.  LinuxMCE tries to do this automatically and gets it right about 90% of the time.  So normally, as soon as the disc starts you can bring up the chapter list, click the first chapter, and the movie starts.  If it doesn&#039;t, you either need to jump to the chapter using the DVD menu like a normal DVD player, or scroll down through all the chapters with the gyro where you can find at the bottom all the Titles and chapters on the disc like VLC.  Since we haven&#039;t added another output device for audio, when we adjust the volume, it&#039;s going to be setting the audio output on the PC&#039;s sound card.  Once we add a tv or receiver, then the volume commands will go there&lt;br /&gt;
==[0:38] Rip the disc==&lt;br /&gt;
Copy disc takes about 30 minutes depending on the speed of your DVD drive&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:08] Install the TV Tuner==&lt;br /&gt;
Install the TV Tuner and choose my provider.  If the selection of a provider is interrupted by a screen that pops up, you have to go back to the provider tab and start again to specify the provider information.  If the TV Tuner was already in the PC when the video wizard ran for the first time it won&#039;t interrupt you to say you added a TV Tuner.  The card will be shown in the setup wizard and you can pick your provider then.  You can also get back to the setup wizard at any time by choosing Advanced, Setup Wizard from the main menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:13] Wait for the guide data==&lt;br /&gt;
Wait for mythfilldatabase to finish.  When you see the first message &#039;MythTV is ready however it may take several more minutes to retrieve the guide data&#039; that means mythfilldatabase finished retrieving the list of channels, but it&#039;s still retrieving the guide data.  At this point you can do a &#039;reload router&#039; and LinuxMCE will have the channels in the guide, and the guide data will be filled in as mythfilldatabase gets it.  However, unfortunately it seems that mythfilldatabase uses 100% cpu, particularly since it hammers mysql.  This means everything else in the system grinds to a halt.  mythfilldatabase should support an option for &#039;low priority&#039; which includes sleeps so that it can run in the background.  For now, the best thing is just to wait 15 minutes after you see that message to let mythfilldatabase finish before continuing.  Also, if you find you have no guide data, that probably means mythfilldatabase crashed while retrieving the guide.  This happens about 10% of the time.  Then you should run mythfilldatabase by hand, which you can do from a console.  To monitor the progress of mythfilldatabase from a console, go to the /var/log/pluto directory.  Look for the Spawn_* files, which log the output from all external apps LinuxMCE spawns.  You&#039;ll see a Spawn_filldb_[pid].log which you can tail.&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:28] Wait for OrbiterGen==&lt;br /&gt;
When you click &#039;start using the system&#039; it can take a couple minutes for OrbiterGen to run, which is what checks all the screens in the UI to see if there are changes.  Most of the graphical elements in LinuxMCE&#039;s UI are pre-rendered by OrbiterGen, except for data grids with live data.  This is to make the UI more responsive and allow it to run on low-power devices like pda&#039;s that can&#039;t scale graphics in real time.  Since there are thousands of graphical elements in LinuxMCE this can take a long time.  LinuxMCE&#039;s UI is object-oriented and defined in the database.  There are, it seems, still hundreds of legacy screens that aren&#039;t in use anymore, and this process could be optimized to reduce the generation time.  Eliminating the wait time for OrbiterGen to run would be really nice, although, in practice, it only happens when you&#039;re setting things up and once the system is going you don&#039;t need to regen the UI anymore.&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:31] Start MythTV==&lt;br /&gt;
Choose Media, TV to start MythTV.  Both MythTV&#039;s UI and LinuxMCE&#039;s are usable at the same time so you can use whichever you like.  The Start/Menu button brings up LinuxMCE&#039;s UI on top of MythTV, and on the &#039;Now Playing&#039; menu pad are options to bring up MythTV&#039;s guide menu, scheduled recordings, etc.  The traditional navigation buttons on the Windows remote and Gyro remote work Myth as expected.  To access the mythweb site you can either open up a browser on another PC in the home, choose Advanced, KDE desktop and start a web browser there, or choose Advanced, Computing pick Pluto Admin, and then change the pluto-admin in the URL to mythweb.  I downloaded the icons for Fox and the Simpsons from the web, and then copied them to the home directory on the LinuxMCE core.  Then in mythweb at the bottom of the channel and show pages there is a place where you can upload the icons.  If you want to put the icons in the /home directory like I did, you can do this from windows too.  Choose Start, Run and then enter: \\192.168.80.1 (or whatever the ip of the core is).  Login with the username you created at the &amp;quot;What&#039;s your name&amp;quot; screen.  Your password is the same.  Copy the files to the home folder.  You can also right click on a picture on some web page (like the Simpsons), click copy link, and then paste that in mythweb too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes when starting the KDE Desktop I get a &#039;Sound server fatal error&#039; dialog.  I&#039;m not sure what causes this, but it&#039;s a message from a KDE process.  When it happens it seems sometimes Myth and Xine aren&#039;t working and you need to reboot before media playback works again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the KDE Desktop you can get back to LinuxMCE&#039;s desktop by clicking &#039;Activate Orbiter&#039; in the LinuxMCE Launch Manager.  Or if you do a &#039;Reload router&#039; like I did in the video that will cause the Orbiter GUI in LinuxMCE to reload, and when it does, it automatically switches to the LinuxMCE desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:36] Schedule shows to record==&lt;br /&gt;
There are still things that aren&#039;t well integrated with MythTV.  For example, under the media options menu is a &#039;thumbnail&#039; option.  This is supposed to retrieve the current frame of the TV and allow you to save it as an icon for the channel or show so you don&#039;t need to upload it in mythweb.  This works for Xine, but the &#039;frame grabber&#039; isn&#039;t working in Myth.  Also, when you click &#039;More&#039; next to the record buttons it&#039;s supposed to take you to MythTV&#039;s recording options screen so you can specify advanced options.  And MythTV is crashing a lot.  I tried running it in a stress test simulator like with Xine that simulates constant activity every 250ms, like change channels, pause, play, rewind, etc., but Myth always crashes right away like this.  About half the time the problem is that the capture card driver has locked up.  I&#039;ve tried the PVR USB2 (v4l) as well as the internal PVR-150 cards (ivtv), and while I have better results with the latter, there are still frequent crashes.  And Mythfrontend gets into a deadlock fairly often.  However it was pretty reliable if I scheduled the shows to record, let the back end do the recording, and then watched them under Media, Videos, which uses Xine for playback.  Xine never crashed.  The MythTV problems seem unrelated to LinuxMCE since I had the same issues using MythTV on a clean Kubuntu 0704 without LinuxMCE.  Also Myth front end doesn&#039;t run at all on the thin clients shown in the video, so you have to watch the tv show after it&#039;s recorded.  Also sometimes when using the &#039;record all episodes&#039; LinuxMCE doesn&#039;t show the record icon next to all the shows like it should.  You can choose Media, TV and then Menu, recordings to view an accurate recording schedule in Myth&#039;s UI, or use MythWeb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:38] Wait for MythTV to record some TV shows==&lt;br /&gt;
In the demo video I wanted to have a couple days worth of recordings in MythTV so that the Media, Video option had several recordings and I could demonstrate how they appear in LinuxMCE.  To follow the video and get the same results you will need to leave the computer for a couple days to do recording.  The way I simulated this so I could keep the demo going was to let it record one show which I used in the demo, and then keep moving my system date forward to trick myth into recording snippets from several shows.  The Myth Plugin should pick up any new recordings MythTV makes and import the attributes, and assign a picture from the show, or channel if available.  I stopped the counter here because in the real world you won&#039;t sit and wait a couple days for MythTV to record a bunch of shows before continuing.  The utility UpdateMedia constantly scans for new media and adds it to LinuxMCE&#039;s database, which is what you see when you choose Media, Videos.  When you add media to the PC&#039;s internal drives or internal RAID, UpdateMedia immediately updates the database.  When you add NAS devices with Windows shares, it can take quite a while to scan them and catalog the media.  So if a TV show finishes recording in MythTV, but UpdateMedia is still busy scanning a new NAS, it may be some time before that TV show appears in LinuxMCE&#039;s database under Media, Videos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:38] Connect a NAS==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 plug and play mechanisms in LinuxMCE.  First, when it finds a device it requests an ip address from the dhcp server it checks the mac address to see if it&#039;s a known-manufacturer, and then runs some detection scripts to see what model it is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Buffalo NAS is a known device like that, and so when it&#039;s connected, LinuxMCE should set everything up for you using the Buffalo&#039;s configuration script.  However even if your NAS isn&#039;t known, there&#039;s another pnp mechanism called the &#039;Samba Scanner&#039;, which constantly scans the network for file shares.  When it finds one it asks you if you want to use it, and prompts for a username and password if required.  So for all but a couple NAS&#039;s, Samba Scanner will find your device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked if you want to use LinuxMCE&#039;s directory structure.  If so, folders will be created on the share for /public/data/videos, /public/data/audio, etc., and also /user_xxx/data/videos, /user_xxx/data/audio, etc., where xxx is the user number.  One will be created for each user.  Then this drive will be mounted as /mnt/device/xxx where xxx is the device id in LinuxMCE&#039;s database.  Symlinc&#039;s in /home/public... and /home/user_x will point to the mounted drive.  All media directors use the same mount points, so the file paths to media, like /home/public/data/videos/Generic Windows Share[54]/Shrek.mpg are the same whether you&#039;re using the main Core PC, or a media director. With this structure you can place public content under the /public folders, and private content in each users /user_ folder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default the media browser shows only public content, but under Source you can add private content.  There needs to be a PIN or some other protection added to the media browser; this isn&#039;t done yet.  So the option &#039;Use LinuxMCE&#039;s directory structure&#039; won&#039;t pick up existing media on the device unless you copy the files into the /public and /user private folders, but it gives you the flexibility of having both public and private media on the same share.  You can also choose the option to make all the media public or private, in which it just mounts the whole share under either /home/public or /home/user_x.  Pictures on storage devices may not appear if you don&#039;t use LinuxMCE&#039;s directory structure because unlike video &amp;amp; audio files which have id3 tags that LinuxMCE uses by default, pictures usually don&#039;t and LinuxMCE organizes them by directory/folder names, starting with those under /home/public/data/pictures.  This is fine if you use LinuxMCE&#039;s directory structure since it will create a pictures folder.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I typically do is, even if I have a device that I want to make all media public, I still choose the option to use LinuxMCE&#039;s directory structure and create symlincs.  Since LinuxMCE uses the same points mounts on all media directors, symlincs work fine.  The drive will be mounted as /mnt/device/[LinuxMCE device id].  Here is how I do this with my buffalo: Go into the admin panel, under Advanced, Configuration, Devices, find the Buffalo device.  Under it is the device &#039;Windows Share: share&#039;.  This is what&#039;s shared.  The device id is 40.  So in a console I type: ln -sf /mnt/device/40/MyDocs/Pictures/ /home/public/data/pictures/BuffaloPics.  This is actually better than just saying to &#039;make it all public&#039; because when you do that LinuxMCE&#039;s UpdateMedia daemon, which is what catalogs all the media, needs to continuously scan the NAS device over and over looking for new or modified content to catalog.  Now, it&#039;s only scanning /MyDocs/Pictures/ on the NAS to get the picture and when you choose Media Pictures you&#039;ll see a folder &amp;quot;BuffaloPics&amp;quot; that has the Pictures on this NAS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest solution, however, is to just to let LinuxMCE be your central media file server and store all your media internally on the main LinuxMCE box.  LinuxMCE has built in software RAID, including RAID 5.  So you can attach a mix of internal drives, external E-sata drives, etc., and group them all into a fault-tolerant RAID under Advanced, Configuration, RAID.  The advantage of doing it this way is that the Linux O/S supports iNotify, which allows the UpdateMedia daemon to directly hook into the file system and monitor every single change as it happens.  So as soon as you rename or add a file it&#039;s immediately cataloged.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows shares don&#039;t work like this since Windows doesn&#039;t have the concept of a central database cataloging all media in the home, it just shows you drives and directories, and you cannot hook in to receive notifications.  Therefore when LinuxMCE mounts external NAS devices, like the Buffalo, that make Windows-compatible shares, there&#039;s no way for LinuxMCE to know instantly every time you make a change to your media.  It just has to constantly keep re-scanning the device in the background hunting for changes.  It works, and it&#039;s transparent to the user, and the end result is still that you get a central catalog of all the media in the home.  But it&#039;s more efficient to let the LinuxMCE box be your main file server, and, if you use the RAID 5 functions, you won&#039;t have to worry about ever losing data when a hard drive crashes.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE automatically manages the RAID, handles rebuilding it, when drives fail, etc.  Plus LinuxMCE makes a nice file server, even if you don&#039;t know anything about Linux.  It shows up in Windows network neighborhood, automatically has a public share for everyone in home and private shares for each family member, manages all the passwords, and aggregates all content under the one share.  So even if you&#039;re a Windows user, you can still play and manage all your media just the same.  Remember that most of the NAS/Storage/Media Server devices which are sold by the big PC companies for use with Windows computers actually run Linux inside and do pretty much the same thing that LinuxMCE does.  You can build a LinuxMCE PC that does everything in this video including the functions of an HP Media Vault that just stores media, for about the same prices as the Media Vault by itself, and for a Windows user the usability of a LinuxMCE PC is not that much different from a Media Vault.  LinuxMCE is missing printer sharing though.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you tell LinuxMCE to always ignore a device you later want added, go into the admin panel under Advanced, Configuration, Unknown Devices, and delete the device.  If you want the device to be redetected so you can specify different options, go under Advanced, Configuration, Devices, locate the device in the tree and delete it.  Either way do a reload router under Wizard, Restart afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[1:40] Browse the media on the NAS==&lt;br /&gt;
I had over 1,000 music files on the NAS too, so I left it about 20 minutes to finish scanning and cataloging.  Mp3 files and others that support id3 tags can have attributes in there that get imported, as well as URL&#039;s for cover art, and the cover art itself embedded as a tag.  For iles that don&#039;t support id3 tagging LinuxMCE will create a separate .id3 file with the same base name as the media file to store the tags.  In the Admin site under Files &amp;amp; Media, Media Files Sync you can browse all the media files, add attributes and cover art.  These changes are sync&#039;d back into the .id3 tags.  There&#039;s also a cover art utility under Files &amp;amp; Media, Cover art, that takes the filenames and tags from your files and looks them up on amazon.com and presents a grid of possible matches for each file so you can match the cover art, and also import the attributes from Amazon&#039;s database.  Once you do the id3 tags are updated so even if you reinstall LinuxMCE it will still have the cover art and attributes.  What is missing is audio fingerprinting, where it &amp;quot;listens&amp;quot; to the music file and figures out what song it is based on the sound of the file, rather than relying on id3 tags.  MusicBrainz supports this.  This functionality should be added to LinuxMCE&#039;s UpdateMedia utility.&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:00] Connect the TV and Receiver==&lt;br /&gt;
I connected the TV using a USB-&amp;gt;RS232 cable, and the Receiver the same way.  Since there&#039;s no reliable way of determining a serial device, LinuxMCE uses brute force to figure it out.  You can also add the devices manually.  Note that when you pick the com port, it uses the actual usb bus id, not the usual ttyUSB0, ttyUSB1, etc.  This is because the com port assignments change with each reboot.  Whenever a serial device starts up, like the TV, there&#039;s an initialization sequence that confirms the device really is attached, and if not, disables it.  If it gets disabled, the plug and play mechanism will try again with the brute force method to figure out what&#039;s attached, and re-assign devices accordingly.  So, I can swap the serial cables for the tv and receiver, and LinuxMCE will figure this out and swap the serial ports in the device&#039;s attributes too.  If you remove a tv and move it to another media director, LinuxMCE handles this too.  You actually don&#039;t need to attach the serial control to the same media director the a/v is on.  For example, if you have a projector that is on the opposite side of the room from your receiver, but there is another media director on the other side of the wall, you could actually connect the projector&#039;s serial cable to the media director in the other room.  If you do something like this, go into the admin panel under Wizard, Devices, AV Equipment and Wizard, Devices, Media Directors and set this up manually since the setup wizard doesn&#039;t account for sophisticated setups like this, or if you use specialty equipment like video processors and pre-amps.  These are supported, and LinuxMCE will still control them and has a concept of &amp;quot;audio/video paths&amp;quot; so you can specify the audio &amp;amp; video split and pass through an unlimited number of devices, but to do this you must use the admin site.  I was told the newer low-end models no longer have serial control.  Unfortunately these days most of the cheap TV&#039;s don&#039;t have serial control.  Serial control is much, much better than I/R, since it&#039;s very reliable and works every time.  If you do get an I/R TV be sure it supports discrete codes.  Many TV&#039;s, like Sony, may only have a single toggle power and toggle input select on the remote, but they recognize discrete codes for on, off and each input.  This way universal remote controls like Harmony can specifically tell the TV to go on and go to an input.  TV&#039;s that don&#039;t have discrete codes are a nightmare since, neither LinuxMCE nor any universal remote, has any way of knowing if it&#039;s already on or not when the system first starts, and if so, what input it&#039;s on.  LinuxMCE tries to handle this by keeping track of the last state.  For example, if your &#039;input select&#039; button toggles through 6 inputs, it will remember that it was last on input 2, and so if you need to go to input 5, it will send 3 input selects.  But this is very unreliable and frustrating.  The Fiire gyro remotes have press &amp;amp; hold shortcuts on the red, green, yellow and blue buttons to handle situations where a TV or Receiver that only does toggle codes gets out of sync, but it&#039;s still a pain and toggle-only-analog-devices (TOAD&#039;s) should be avoided if you want to use a universal remote or a home control system.  It&#039;s best to connect the TV first, pick the input, and then connect the receiver so the steps all appear in order.&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:03] Add my cable box==&lt;br /&gt;
Choose Advanced, Setup Wizard, A/V devices, scroll down to PVR, Motorola, DCT-6412.  It automatically adds this as a child of any available I/R transmitter in the same PC.  Just like you can plug a serial control device into a different media director from the one where its actually used, you can do the same with i/r devices.  In the Admin site, you could specify another I/R transmitter as the controlling device.  By default LinuxMCE will turn off all a/v gear that&#039;s not in use.  For example, when you stop watching the TV, and don&#039;t hit any buttons on the remote control, keyboard or mouse for 15 minutes, it will shut the tv off.  The turning off of the TV can be changed in the admin site by going to wizard, devices, orbiters and changing the value for &amp;quot;Seconds before power off&amp;quot;.  However, for the cable box, we actually don&#039;t want LinuxMCE to ever send it any on or off because this should be left on all the time so that it can do recordings, and also because it only has a toggle power i/r code, so it easily gets out of sync.  So I went into Wizard, Devices, A/V Equipment, and under the advanced settings for the cable box set the &#039;Ignore On/Off&#039; to &#039;on/enabled&#039;.  Now even if I directly tell LinuxMCE to turn the device on or off, LinuxMCE won&#039;t do anything.&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:06] Use the cable box==&lt;br /&gt;
When browsing the guide in MythTV you will see channels from both the built-in tv tuner, as well as the listings in the cable box which are tuned on the cable box and received over the a/v inputs on the tv tuner.  All the channels have unique channel ID&#039;s, so MythTV should be able to tell which channel ID goes with the tv tuner vs. the composite/s-video port.  And it appears that LinuxMCE does correctly setup MythTV with both sources, and send MythTV the correct channel ID.  But, MythTV isn&#039;t switching to the correct input on the capture card automatically.  You have to manually switch to the &#039;composite&#039; input by either hitting menu and choosing Change Inputs, or hitting the &#039;input&#039; button on the gyro remote, which is what I did.  Watching video by choosing the Media, Live TV DCT 6412 option doesn&#039;t use MythTV.  It&#039;s using Xine to play and stream directly from the card.  This seemed reasonably stable, though I still found the capture card could get into a weird state at times requiring a reboot.  The only caveat is if you&#039;re using MythTV and switch to LiveTV be sure to wait a few seconds otherwise MythTV will still be holding the capture card device and Xine won&#039;t be able to open it.&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:08] Connect the Jukebox==&lt;br /&gt;
Choose Media, Manage Drives to any drives, NAS or jukeboxes.  These Sony jukeboxes are rebranded Powerfile R200&#039;s.  However Sony only did a limited run, and has discontinued them, so once inventory has dried up you will need to buy the Powerfile-branded versions which, although identical, are sold to the IT, not consumer, channel and cost several thousands of dollars.  To my knowledge all the other consumer DVD jukebox don&#039;t have firewire/usb ports.  They only have a/v outputs, so they won&#039;t be that useful.  Rumor has it Sony decided to sell these with their VAIO Windows Media Centers, but they were a flop since having a jukebox attached to a Windows PC that cannot share the content throughout the home kind of defeats the whole purpose.  You have to run Sony&#039;s software to unload discs every time you want to watch them in another room, and you have to put that big jukebox in the living room.  So grab them up while you can.  Note that the disc drive in there isn&#039;t particularly fast, so ripping each dvd can take an hour.  And identifying each one takes about 1 minute.  So either way, if you have lots of discs, plan on starting the job and then just leaving it and coming back later.  You can monitor the progress by choosing Advanced, Advanced, Pending Tasks on the LinuxMCE menu.  Also the jukebox seems really sensitive and if jarred can get misaligned and have trouble loading and unloading discs.  Also, the kernel drivers, or mtx utilities or jukebox itself aren&#039;t totally stable and sometimes you need to cycle power on the jukebox.  If you insert a disk the wrong way or there&#039;s a slot containing something that doesn&#039;t seem to be a disk, the Powerfile_C200 device will mark itself offline and unavailable until you do a reload router.  See the Powerfile&#039;s log in /var/log/pluto to see more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:17] Connect the ZWave Lighting Control==&lt;br /&gt;
Zwave is a problem right now because the Zwave USB adapters shown in the video are not in production anymore.  There is a new model from Intermatic, but there are no Linux drivers for the USB-to-RS232 chip on it.  I heard that someone has sponsored the driver development so hopefully it will be added shortly.  Although I used a ZWave motion detector for the demo it&#039;s not really a reliable security system, and the motion detector I used reports false motion events often.  You should get a LinuxMCE-compatible alarm panel that hooks up with a serial port to a LinuxMCE PC.  You need to specify which lights are in which rooms and what types of lights they are.  The Zwave network doesn&#039;t report this info, only the given node id&#039;s.  This makes it much easier to create scenarios and layout your floorplan lighter.  The setup wizard will flash each light/blind/other device and ask you which one it is.  Because communication over the ZWave network is slow, the lights don&#039;t always respond right away and you can waste time hunting for which light is which.  The easiest solution is to write down the lights in the order you pair them because when the setup wizard tries asks you to identify them it uses the same order.  The UpdateEntArea utility is run at every router reload and creates lots of default, canned scenarios.  In any room that has lights, it creates an &#039;on&#039; and an &#039;off&#039; scenario which turns those lights on/off.  And in any room with a TV it creates a Showtime scenario which dims the light.  It creates an event handler for &#039;watching media&#039; for each room that automatically runs the Showtime scenario when the tv&#039;s are in use.  You can change these defaults in Wizard, Scenarios, Lighting Scenarios and Wizard, Events, Respond to Events.  If you don&#039;t ever modify a default scenario by selecting the hyperlink and changing something, it will be kept current and as you add/remove lights the scenario will change.  Once you manually change the canned scenario, or uncheck it so it&#039;s not included anymore, then it won&#039;t be updated again; LinuxMCE won&#039;t override your manual changes.  You can also create your own scenarios, and uncheck the default canned scenarios to not use them.  If you don&#039;t like what LinuxMCE does to the lights when you start watching TV, either change the Showtime scenario, or just disable the Event handlers for &#039;Watching media in a room&#039; and &#039;Stopped watching media in a room&#039; and LinuxMCE won&#039;t run the Showtime scenario automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:25] Using scenarios and floorplans explained==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 2 ways to do things in LinuxMCE; either by choosing a Scenario (aka a Command Group or Scene), or by directly controlling a device.  Both scenarios and devices are grouped into Lights, Media, Climate, Telecom and Security, and also they are both organized by room.  A scenario is just a group of commands that will be sent to a device.  Create scenarios in the Admin site under Wizard, Scenarios.  Dircectly control a device by choosing the &#039;Floorplan&#039; button which is in each of those 5 sub-menus.  So, for example, a scenario might be &#039;go to bed&#039;, and this can turn off a bunch of lights, set the phones to bypass, dim the thermostat, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create this scenario you would go to Wizard, Scenarios, Lighting Scenarios, create a new scenario called &#039;go to bed&#039;.  Choose to first add commands with the &amp;quot;Lighting Wizard&amp;quot;, and check all the devices to &#039;off&#039;.  Then instead of &#039;Lighting Wizard&#039; in the pull-down choose &#039;Advanced Wizard&#039;, send to the telecom plugin. &#039;set user status&#039; command (note there&#039;s a command scenario &#039;sleep&#039; that does this same sequence already).  If you put the scenario in the room &#039;Living Room&#039;, then when any orbiter is in the living room, you will see the option &#039;go to bed&#039; under lighting and it will send those commands to the devices.  Note that when you put a scenario in a room that doesn&#039;t necessarily mean you are only controlling devices in that room.  You can put a scenario in the &#039;Living Room&#039; that turns off a light in the &#039;Bedroom&#039;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of organizing scenarios by room is to eliminate the clutter that would be caused by showing you all the scenarios at once.  For example, you may create a scenario &#039;Garage Light Off&#039;.  If your garage is adjacent to the Kitchen, you are likely going to want that scenario only when you&#039;re in the Kitchen.  You don&#039;t want it to appear on the remote control in Johnny&#039;s bedroom because he&#039;ll never use it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Orbiter is the name of the GUI app in LinuxMCE.  And an Orbiter refers both to the on-screen UI, as well as to the UI on a mobile phone, web pad, desktop phone, etc.  Any Orbiter can be &#039;put&#039; in any room, and then it will have the scenarios from that room.  Mobile Orbiters, like webpads and pda&#039;s, typically are carried around the house.  So, when you take an Orbiter into the kitchen you touch the room button and tell it it&#039;s in the kitchen, and you&#039;ll see the activities for the kitchen.  And if you start a movie with the scenario Media, Videos, that movie will start in the kitchen.  You can carry the Orbiter to the bedroom, change the room to control the scenarios in the bedroom, and then carry it back to the kitchen.  You can also change the Orbiters on the on-screen UI of the TV to be in a different room than the one it&#039;s in, and then, just like any other orbiter, you&#039;ll see the scenarios in that room.  So, if you&#039;re in the bedroom and want to turn the garage light off, but the &#039;Garage Light Off&#039; scenario is only in the kitchen, with your remote you can change the room to be &#039;Kitchen&#039; and then run that scenario.  Just remember to change the room back to the because otherwise when you choose Media, Videos you&#039;re going to be starting media in the kitchen.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All Orbiters have the same scenarios.  So if you have a web pad or a mobile phone and they&#039;re in bedroom, you&#039;ll have the same scenarios as the on-screen UI in the bedroom.  Some scenarios may not seem like scenarios, like Media, Videos.  But that is a scenario too.  In this case it&#039;s just a single command telling whatever Orbiter you&#039;re using to show the user the list of videos.  All the options under Lights, Media, Climate, Telecom and Security, except Floorplan, are scenarios and you can change them in the admin panel.  Also the categorization is free-form, so you could create a lighting scenario called &amp;quot;Call John&amp;quot; that dials John and it will appear under &amp;quot;Lights&amp;quot; on the Orbiters.  It would be more logical to categorize it as telecom, but it&#039;s free form and you can put it under any category.  The floorplan button that appears in each of the Lights, Media, Climate, Telecom and Security menus is not a scenario, and does not appear under Wizard, Scenarios in the admin panel.  Rather this is a button that gives you device-level control, instead of a list of scenarios.  By default it lists all the devices in a grid, but you can upload a floorplan of your home in the Admin site and position the devices.  In UI1 the floorplan button is the icon on the left side of the screen.  The lighting floorplan let&#039;s you turn on/off lights individually.   The media floorplan lists all the media zones (ie rooms), what&#039;s playing in each, and let&#039;s you move media between zones.  The climate floorplan let&#039;s you control the thermostats, view the temperature in each room, as well as adjust sprinklers and pool controls.  The telecom floorplan shows all phones and active phone calls so you can interactively transfer and conference.  The security floorplan shows the current state of all sensors (ie tripped sensors are in red), and shows all your surveillance cameras, which you can select to view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[2:26] Connect the thin client in the kitchen==&lt;br /&gt;
See the notes above regarding equipment item #12.  As I mention there, I used those specialized thin clients in the demo video since I got them for free, but you can do the same thing with a normal PC or a laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
==[3:05] Connect the thin client in the bedroom==&lt;br /&gt;
I used the same USB UIRT to control the TV in the bedroom.  Note that because my TV does not support discrete codes, it is a nightmare to use with any universal remote control or any type of smarthome system.  The better TV&#039;s, like Sony&#039;s, recognize discrete codes.  This means that although the original remote control may only have 1 button to toggle the power on and off, the TV actually does recognize 3 separate i/r codes: The toggle power that&#039;s on the remote, as well as an explicit/discrete &#039;turn power on&#039; and a discrete &#039;turn power off&#039;.  They just don&#039;t put all 3 buttons on the original remote to save space, but the TV does recognize them.  Sites like remotecentral.com let you find discrete codes.  Then LinuxMCE can control your TV reliably.  When it&#039;s time to turn it on, the i/r transmitter sends the &#039;power on&#039; button, and even if the TV is already on, it still stays on.  The TV I used doesn&#039;t have discrete codes.  It only recognizes the 1 button &#039;toggle power&#039;.  So LinuxMCE may think the TV is off, and send the &#039;toggle power&#039; command to turn it on, when in fact the TV was already on and LinuxMCE inadvertently turned it off.  Toggle codes are a nightmare for anybody that has ever tried to use any sort of universal remote, like a Logitech/Harmony because the remote never really knows what state the TV is in.  Also, since infrared codes are inherently unreliable and don&#039;t always get through, if your TV supports discrete codes, like the Sony&#039;s do, LinuxMCE can just send the &#039;ON&#039; 3 times to be 100% sure the TV got the command and goes on.  But with toggle devices like the one I have it can&#039;t do that since sending the command 3 times would just turn it on, then off, then back on again.  My TV has the same problem with inputs.  It only recognizes a single &#039;toggle input&#039; which just cycles through inputs.  LinuxMCE remember what was the last input the TV was on, and how many times it needs to toggle to get to the next input.  But this is very unreliable.  Sometimes when the TV doesn&#039;t get a signal while hitting input select it &#039;freezes&#039; for a couple seconds, and then LinuxMCE will get out of step, thinking it&#039;s on, say input 5, when it&#039;s really only on input 4.  Again the better TV&#039;s, like Sony&#039;s, have discrete codes or buttons for each input.  So LinuxMCE can just send the button &#039;input 4&#039; and can re-transmit it 3 times to be sure it gets through, and not worry about trying to toggle.  If you do have a toggle device like mine, and LinuxMCE ever gets out of sync, you can press and hold the red, green, yellow and blue buttons to get it back in sync.  Holding the red button causes LinuxMCE to retransmit the &#039;power&#039; command so if the TV went off instead of ON, it goes back ON.  The green button retransmits the &#039;input select&#039; button.  The yellow retransmits the &#039;power on&#039; to the receiver, and the blue retransmits the &#039;input select&#039; to the receiver.  Bottom line: if possible get TV&#039;s and Receivers with discrete codes and avoid TOAD&#039;s (toggle only analog devices).  Nearly all the decent receivers actually do have discrete codes, so one possible solution at least to the input select problem with toggle-only TV&#039;s is to hook all the video sources to the receiver and let it do the switching, and leave the TV on 1 input.  LinuxMCE automatically will setup your A/V gear like this.  In the setup wizard it asks if you&#039;re using a receiver, and if you connected the video cable to it, and makes all the correct settings.  You can view a graphical diagram of your a/v gear&#039;s connections in the admin site under Wizard, Devices, A/V Equipment, and click on the Connection Wizard.&lt;br /&gt;
==still typing the rest==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Screenshots&amp;diff=16542</id>
		<title>Screenshots</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Screenshots&amp;diff=16542"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:31:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;NOTE: Page has been reinstated in a shrunk down version to deal with continued high bandwidth usage since the Digg story on July 3rd, [[User:Danielk|Danielk]] 08:10, 14 July 2008 (PDT) &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=Videos=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the new walk-through [[video]] that shows all the major features in LinuxMCE (including setup).  A full list of the equipment used and a detailed installation description is included.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=User Interface=&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away. There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. UI1 is the most basic, and runs on all video cards. UI2 with masking will run on a majority of graphics card (with OpenGL and XDamage support), but UI2 alpha-blended is confirmed to work only with certain nVidia graphics cards. See [[Selecting the Right UI|Selecting the Right UI]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UI1 takes over the screen whenever you bring up the menu; any video that is playing is reduced to a window. In UI2 your media is always full-screen and is never reduced. (When you&#039;re not watching your own video or photos, LinuxMCE displays gallery art from Flickr or a selection of your own photos). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Main menu&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu lists the top level options for the room in several categories: Lighting, Media, Climate, Media, Telecom, and Security.  In UI1, the first (blank) button in the Media Category is the &amp;quot;Now Playing&amp;quot; button, which brings up the menus for your active media.  In UI2, the &amp;quot;Now Playing&amp;quot; button is in the lower left of the screen. Options for your current media (like Audio Tracks, Subtitles, etc.) appear as pop-up sub-menus. All options can be accessed in UI2 from a single screen. UI2 allows you to use your remote control, your keyboard arrows, or your mouse to select the pop-up menu and sub-menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings (masking)&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:Alpha-main-1.png|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:Noalpha-main-1.png|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:MainMenuUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;File Browser&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI2B-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI2M-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI1-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;DVD Remote&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Dial Direct&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Security panel&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Videos=	 &lt;br /&gt;
Watch a walk-through [[video]] that shows all the major features in LinuxMCE (including setup).  A full list of the equipment used and a detailed installation description is included.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16541</id>
		<title>Selecting the Right UI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16541"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:28:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Selecting the Best User Interface (UI) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the Best User Interface (UI)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away.  There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. See more [[screenshots]] of the different UIs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highest resolution user interface (UI2 with alpha blending) only works with nVidia cards in the 6xxx, 7xxx, 8xxx, or 9xxx series. Use [[Graphics Test]] to determine which UI your graphics card can support. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI1===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Orbiter.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI1 or Basic UI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the basic UI. If you can load Kubuntu, this UI will work with nearly all graphics hardware, and it requires no special drivers. There are few special effects enabled in this UI. The menus are full screen; when you start media your media also becomes full screen (replacing the menu screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;media menus&#039;&#039;&#039; while your media is playing, the media shrinks to a corner of the screen, and the rest of the screen shows your media menu. If you need to return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;main menu&#039;&#039;&#039; (to do something else like adjust the lights), your media is hidden while the main menu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 medium===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2M.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with medium settings (masking)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a lightweight, OpenGL-based version of the newest UI.  This requires a video card that currently supports OpenGL and XDamage. This UI uses &#039;&#039;&#039;masks&#039;&#039;&#039; to overlay the media behind the menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 with alpha blending===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2B.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with alpha blending]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this UI, your media is first and foremost -- the media is always full-screen (it never shrinks and never disappears).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re not watching any media, LinuxMCE downloads photos from Flickr.com, which are presented in the  background (like a screensaver). When the main menu or media menu is displayed, it is blended into the background media image (which is known as alpha blending). This is true whether the screensaver images are being displayed or whether your media (like a video) is playing. This UI includes a 3D media browser, which shows the media files in your home on the sides of a rotating 3D cube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Few video card manufacturers have the necessary composite extensions in their Linux drivers to support these capabilities, however. At the moment the graphics cards have been confirmed to support the functions of UI2 are the nVidia 6xxx, 7xxx, 8xxx, and 9xxx series (with at least 128MB RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling the LinuxMCE UI===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways to manipulate the UI. Here are some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE using an Infrared remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE with Gyro Remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the keyboard/mouse of a Media Director.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16540</id>
		<title>Selecting the Right UI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16540"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:27:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* UI2 with alpha blending */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the Best User Interface (UI)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away.  There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. See more [[screenshots]] of the different UIs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highest resolution user interface (UI2 with alpha blending) only works with nVidia cards in the 6xxx, 7xxx, or 8xxx series. Use [[Graphics Test]] to determine which UI your graphic card can support. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI1===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Orbiter.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI1 or Basic UI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the basic UI. If you can load Kubuntu, this UI will work with nearly all graphics hardware, and it requires no special drivers. There are few special effects enabled in this UI. The menus are full screen; when you start media your media also becomes full screen (replacing the menu screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;media menus&#039;&#039;&#039; while your media is playing, the media shrinks to a corner of the screen, and the rest of the screen shows your media menu. If you need to return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;main menu&#039;&#039;&#039; (to do something else like adjust the lights), your media is hidden while the main menu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 medium===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2M.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with medium settings (masking)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a lightweight, OpenGL-based version of the newest UI.  This requires a video card that currently supports OpenGL and XDamage. This UI uses &#039;&#039;&#039;masks&#039;&#039;&#039; to overlay the media behind the menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 with alpha blending===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2B.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with alpha blending]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this UI, your media is first and foremost -- the media is always full-screen (it never shrinks and never disappears).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re not watching any media, LinuxMCE downloads photos from Flickr.com, which are presented in the  background (like a screensaver). When the main menu or media menu is displayed, it is blended into the background media image (which is known as alpha blending). This is true whether the screensaver images are being displayed or whether your media (like a video) is playing. This UI includes a 3D media browser, which shows the media files in your home on the sides of a rotating 3D cube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Few video card manufacturers have the necessary composite extensions in their Linux drivers to support these capabilities, however. At the moment the graphics cards have been confirmed to support the functions of UI2 are the nVidia 6xxx, 7xxx, 8xxx, and 9xxx series (with at least 128MB RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling the LinuxMCE UI===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways to manipulate the UI. Here are some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE using an Infrared remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE with Gyro Remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the keyboard/mouse of a Media Director.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16539</id>
		<title>Selecting the Right UI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16539"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:26:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* UI1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the Best User Interface (UI)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away.  There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. See more [[screenshots]] of the different UIs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highest resolution user interface (UI2 with alpha blending) only works with nVidia cards in the 6xxx, 7xxx, or 8xxx series. Use [[Graphics Test]] to determine which UI your graphic card can support. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI1===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Orbiter.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI1 or Basic UI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the basic UI. If you can load Kubuntu, this UI will work with nearly all graphics hardware, and it requires no special drivers. There are few special effects enabled in this UI. The menus are full screen; when you start media your media also becomes full screen (replacing the menu screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to use the &#039;&#039;&#039;media menus&#039;&#039;&#039; while your media is playing, the media shrinks to a corner of the screen, and the rest of the screen shows your media menu. If you need to return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;main menu&#039;&#039;&#039; (to do something else like adjust the lights), your media is hidden while the main menu is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 medium===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2M.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with medium settings (masking)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a lightweight, OpenGL-based version of the newest UI.  This requires a video card that currently supports OpenGL and XDamage. This UI uses &#039;&#039;&#039;masks&#039;&#039;&#039; to overlay the media behind the menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 with alpha blending===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2B.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with alpha blending]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this UI, your media is first and foremost -- the media is always full-screen (it never shrinks and never disappears).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re not watching any media, LinuxMCE downloads photos from flickr.com, which are presented in the  background (like a screensaver). When the main menu or media menu is displayed, it is blended into the background media image (which is known as alpha blending). This is true whether the screensaver images are being displayed or whether your media (like a video) is playing. This UI includes a 3D media browser, which shows the media files in your home on the sides of a rotating 3D cube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Few video card manufacturers have the necessary composite extensions in their Linux drivers to support these capabilities, however. At the moment the graphics cards have been confirmed to support the functions of UI2 are the nVidia 6xxx and 7xxx  and 8xxx series (with at least 128MB RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update 8/9/08&#039;&#039;&#039; 9000 series is also supported. Williammanda&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling the LinuxMCE UI===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways to manipulate the UI. Here are some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE using an Infrared remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE with Gyro Remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the keyboard/mouse of a Media Director.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16538</id>
		<title>Selecting the Right UI</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Selecting_the_Right_UI&amp;diff=16538"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:25:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* UI1 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selecting the Best User Interface (UI)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away.  There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. See more [[screenshots]] of the different UIs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The highest resolution user interface (UI2 with alpha blending) only works with nVidia cards in the 6xxx, 7xxx, or 8xxx series. Use [[Graphics Test]] to determine which UI your graphic card can support. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI1===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Orbiter.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI1 or Basic UI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is the basic UI. If you can load Kubuntu, this UI will work with nearly all graphics hardware, and it requires no special drivers. There are few special effects enabled in this UI. The menus are full screen; when you start media your media also becomes full screen (replacing the menu screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to do use the &#039;&#039;&#039;media menus&#039;&#039;&#039; while your media is playing, the media shrinks to a corner of the screen and the rest of the screen shows your media menu. If you need to return to the &#039;&#039;&#039;main menu&#039;&#039;&#039; to do something else (like adjust the lights), your media is hidden while the main menu appears is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 medium===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2M.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with medium settings (masking)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a lightweight, OpenGL-based version of the newest UI.  This requires a video card that currently supports OpenGL and XDamage. This UI uses &#039;&#039;&#039;masks&#039;&#039;&#039; to overlay the media behind the menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===UI2 with alpha blending===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenuUI2B.jpg|thumb|500px|left|UI2 with alpha blending]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this UI, your media is first and foremost -- the media is always full-screen (it never shrinks and never disappears).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re not watching any media, LinuxMCE downloads photos from flickr.com, which are presented in the  background (like a screensaver). When the main menu or media menu is displayed, it is blended into the background media image (which is known as alpha blending). This is true whether the screensaver images are being displayed or whether your media (like a video) is playing. This UI includes a 3D media browser, which shows the media files in your home on the sides of a rotating 3D cube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Few video card manufacturers have the necessary composite extensions in their Linux drivers to support these capabilities, however. At the moment the graphics cards have been confirmed to support the functions of UI2 are the nVidia 6xxx and 7xxx  and 8xxx series (with at least 128MB RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Update 8/9/08&#039;&#039;&#039; 9000 series is also supported. Williammanda&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling the LinuxMCE UI===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways to manipulate the UI. Here are some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE using an Infrared remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Control LinuxMCE with Gyro Remote]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the keyboard/mouse of a Media Director.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Screenshots&amp;diff=16537</id>
		<title>Screenshots</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Screenshots&amp;diff=16537"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:23:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;NOTE: Page has been reinstated in a shrunk down version to deal with continued high bandwidth usage since the Digg story on July 3rd, [[User:Danielk|Danielk]] 08:10, 14 July 2008 (PDT) &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=Videos=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the new walk-through [[video]] that shows all the major features in LinuxMCE (including setup).  A full list of the equipment used and a detailed installation description is included.&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=User Interface=&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE on-screen Orbiter User Interface (UI) was designed to be viewed on a basic television from 10&#039; away. There are currently three versions of the UI, and selection depends on the type of video card you have. UI1 is the most basic, and runs on all video cards. UI2 with masking will run on a majority of graphics card (with OpenGL and XDamage support), but UI2 alpha-blended is confirmed to work only with certain nVidia graphics cards. See [[Selecting the Right UI|Selecting the Right UI]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UI1 takes over the screen whenever you bring up the menu; any video that is playing is reduced to a window. In UI2 your media is always full-screen and is never reduced. (When you&#039;re not watching your own video or photos, LinuxMCE displays gallery art from Flickr or a selection of your own photos). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Main menu&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
The main menu lists the top level options for the room in several categories: Lighting, Media, Climate, Media, Telecom, and Security.  In UI1, the first (blank) button in the Media Category is the &amp;quot;Now Playing&amp;quot; button, which brings up the menus for your active media.  In UI2, the &amp;quot;Now Playing&amp;quot; button is in the lower left of the screen. Options for your current media (like Audio Tracks, Subtitles, etc.) appear as pop-up sub-menus. All options can be accessed in UI2 from a single screen. UI2 allows you to use your remote control, your keyboard arrows, or your mouse to select the pop-up menu and sub-menus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings (masking)&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:Alpha-main-1.png|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:Noalpha-main-1.png|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:MainMenuUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;File Browser&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI2B-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI2M-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:FileBrowserUI1-small.jpg]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;DVD Remote&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DVDRemoteUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Dial Direct&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====&#039;&#039;Security panel&#039;&#039;=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with alpha blending / transparency&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI2 with medium settings&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;UI1 or Basic UI&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI2B.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI2M.jpg|400px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;[[Image:SecurityPanelUI1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=16536</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=16536"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:20:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:175%; font-weight:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://linuxmce.org LinuxMCE]&#039;&#039;&#039; wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Your guide to a smarter home!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;clear: both; border: 1px solid #aaa; background-color: #f9f9f9; color: black; margin-bottom: 0.5em; margin-left: 1em; padding: 0.5em; float: right; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenu2.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;The main menu with media in the background (high resolution UI2B)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:FileBrowserUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Browsing media files (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Telephone dial pad (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[Screenshots|More screenshots and videos]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LinuxMCE is the only all-in-one open source solution that seamlessly combines:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Media &amp;amp; entertainment&#039;&#039; with a server for music and video, plus a [[PVR]] (like TiVo or Sky+)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Home automation&#039;&#039; to control everything from lights to heating with a touch-screen tablet or your mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Phone system&#039;&#039; with video conferencing&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Security system&#039;&#039; that feeds live video to your mobile device during a security breach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE builds on the superior networking capabilities of Linux to create a home automation/multimedia/communication network. No other operating system has this capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[LinuxMCE|Read more]] to see all the possibilities that LinuxMCE offers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[FAQ|the FAQ]] for quick answers to common questions about LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the [[Video|LinuxMCE Video]] showing a detailed hardware and installation walk-through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Download=&lt;br /&gt;
Please take a moment to read about &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Known_Issues|known issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before downloading our &#039;&#039;Quick Install DVD&#039;&#039; or the &#039;&#039;Two-CD Installer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Globe.gif | link=Download_Instructions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Download_Instructions|Download LinuxMCE]] or buy [[LinuxMCE Products]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;After checking known issues please download from an appropriate mirror&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Project News=&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxMCE-0810_alpha1|LinuxMCE 8.10 alpha1]] (for testing) is released &#039;&#039;(1-Dec-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxTag 2008|LinuxTag 2008 a resounding success]] &#039;&#039;(28-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mirrors_0710|LinuxMCE Version 0710 (RC2)]] is released &#039;&#039;(07-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Logo|LinuxMCE Logos]] are now available for download &#039;&#039;(09-Apr-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Insteon_-_Setting_Up_PLM_Template|RC1 Insteon Support]] &#039;&#039;(20-Feb-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.osweekly.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;task=view&amp;amp;id=2664 Linux Media Center PCs Review Roundup] &#039;&#039;(4-Oct-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.news.com/DRM-troubles-drive-ex-Microsoft-employee-to-Linux/2100-1016_3-6210131.html DRM troubles drive ex-Microsoft employee to Linux] &#039;&#039;(26-Sep-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://linuxmce.org/news.php?id=10| New SchedulesDirect service for MythTV] &#039;&#039;(31-Aug-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Newspaper.gif | link=LinuxMCE_media_coverage | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE media coverage|More LinuxMCE media coverage]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Third party media and blog coverage&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wiki Site News=&lt;br /&gt;
* A new [[LinuxMCE.Org 2.0|scratch-pad area]] is being set up to help document a new front end website.&lt;br /&gt;
* LinuxMCE Wiki was updated to the latest version which includes an RSS feed extension. Instructions about how to use it can be found [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:WikiArticleFeeds here], or take a look at a [[Test RSS]] &#039;&#039;(31-Jan-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Documentation Access=&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki has many hierarchical [[:Category:Main|categories]] of articles. There are also developer maillists, [[Source_Code|source code]] repositories (with attached discussions), [http://mantis.linuxmce.org bug/issue report mangement] and [http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php forums] for discussion among users, developers and other members of the LinuxMCE community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Setups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=pcwork.gif | link=User Setups | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Setups]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Setups/Configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=User Manual | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Guides.gif | link=:Category:Tutorials | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[:Category:Tutorials|Guides]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;HOWTO guides describing common scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=FAQ.gif | link=Frequently Asked Questions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Responses to the most common questions&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Hardware.gif | link=Hardware | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Hardware]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Hardware documentation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Troubleshooting.gif | link=Troubleshooting | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help with common problems&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Mail.gif | link=Developers | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.charonmedia.org/mailman/listinfo Mailing List]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Stay up to date with regular emails&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Forum.gif | link=kjh | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://forum.linuxmce.com Forum]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support forum&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Forum.gif | link=Chat | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Chat]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support chat&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Contacts.gif | link=Contacts | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contacts|Contact Information]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Contact people involved with the project&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=Programmer&#039;s Guide | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Programmer&#039;s Guide]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;A guide for software developers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Software.gif | link=Software components | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Software components|Software Components]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Open source software used by LinuxMCE&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Bug.gif | link=Bug Reports | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Bug Reports]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help improve the software by reporting bugs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Binary.gif | link=Source Code | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Source Code]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Access the LinuxMCE source code&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=CDR.gif | link=Versions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Versions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;View version histories and changes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=16535</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=16535"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T17:10:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:175%; font-weight:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://linuxmce.org LinuxMCE]&#039;&#039;&#039; wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Your guide to a smarter home!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;clear: both; border: 1px solid #aaa; background-color: #f9f9f9; color: black; margin-bottom: 0.5em; margin-left: 1em; padding: 0.5em; float: right; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenu2.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;The main menu with media in the background (high resolution UI2B)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:FileBrowserUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Browsing media files (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Telephone dial pad (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[Screenshots|More screenshots and videos]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LinuxMCE is the only all-in-one open source solution that seamlessly combines:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Media &amp;amp; entertainment&#039;&#039; with a server for music and video, plus a [[PVR]] (like TiVo or Sky+)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Home automation&#039;&#039; to control everything from lights to heating with a touch-screen tablet or your mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Phone system&#039;&#039; with video conferencing&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Security system&#039;&#039; that feeds live video to your mobile device during a security breach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE builds on the superior networking capabilities of Linux to create a home automation/multimedia/communication network. No other operating system has this capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[LinuxMCE|Read more]] to see all the possibilities that LinuxMCE offers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[FAQ|the FAQ]] for quick answers to common questions about LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the [[Video|LinuxMCE Video]] showing a detailed hardware and installation walk-through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Download=&lt;br /&gt;
Please take a moment to read about &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Known_Issues|known issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before downloading our &#039;&#039;Quick Install DVD&#039;&#039; or the &#039;&#039;Two-CD Installer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Globe.gif | link=Download_Instructions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Download_Instructions|Download LinuxMCE]] or buy [[LinuxMCE Products]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;After checking known issues please download from an appropriate mirror&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Project News=&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxMCE-0810_alpha1|LinuxMCE 8.10 alpha1]] (for testing) released &#039;&#039;(1-Dec-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxTag 2008|LinuxTag 2008 a resounding success]] &#039;&#039;(28-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mirrors_0710|LinuxMCE Version 0710 (RC2) is released]] &#039;&#039;(07-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Logo|LinuxMCE Logos]] are now available for download &#039;&#039;(09-Apr-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Insteon_-_Setting_Up_PLM_Template|RC1 Insteon Support]] &#039;&#039;(20-Feb-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.osweekly.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;task=view&amp;amp;id=2664 Linux Media Center PCs Review Roundup] &#039;&#039;(4-Oct-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.news.com/DRM-troubles-drive-ex-Microsoft-employee-to-Linux/2100-1016_3-6210131.html DRM troubles drive ex-Microsoft employee to Linux] &#039;&#039;(26-Sep-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://linuxmce.org/news.php?id=10| New SchedulesDirect service for MythTV] &#039;&#039;(31-Aug-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Newspaper.gif | link=LinuxMCE_media_coverage | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE media coverage|More LinuxMCE media coverage]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Third party media and blog coverage&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wiki Site News=&lt;br /&gt;
* A new [[LinuxMCE.Org 2.0|scratch-pad area]] is being set up to help document a new front end website.&lt;br /&gt;
* LinuxMCE Wiki was updated to the latest version which includes an RSS feed extension. Instructions about how to use it can be found [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:WikiArticleFeeds here], or take a look at a [[Test RSS]] &#039;&#039;(31-Jan-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Documentation Access=&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki has many hierarchical [[:Category:Main|categories]] of articles. There are also developer maillists, [[Source_Code|source code]] repositories (with attached discussions), [http://mantis.linuxmce.org bug/issue report mangement] and [http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php forums] for discussion among users, developers and other members of the LinuxMCE community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Setups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=pcwork.gif | link=User Setups | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Setups]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Setups/Configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=User Manual | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Guides.gif | link=:Category:Tutorials | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[:Category:Tutorials|Guides]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;HOWTO guides describing common scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=FAQ.gif | link=Frequently Asked Questions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Responses to the most common questions&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Hardware.gif | link=Hardware | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Hardware]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Hardware documentation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Troubleshooting.gif | link=Troubleshooting | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help with common problems&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Mail.gif | link=Developers | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.charonmedia.org/mailman/listinfo Mailing List]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Stay up to date with regular emails&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Forum.gif | link=kjh | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://forum.linuxmce.com Forum]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support forum&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Forum.gif | link=Chat | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Chat]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support chat&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Contacts.gif | link=Contacts | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contacts|Contact Information]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Contact people involved with the project&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=Programmer&#039;s Guide | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Programmer&#039;s Guide]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;A guide for software developers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Software.gif | link=Software components | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Software components|Software Components]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Open source software used by LinuxMCE&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Bug.gif | link=Bug Reports | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Bug Reports]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help improve the software by reporting bugs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Binary.gif | link=Source Code | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Source Code]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Access the LinuxMCE source code&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=CDR.gif | link=Versions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Versions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;View version histories and changes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16534</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16534"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T16:40:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Ethernet wiring standards */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5e/CAT6 wiring pre-installed, CAT5e/CAT6 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5e/CAT6 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5e-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5e/CAT6) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 vs. Fiber-optic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring uses the smallest gauge wires, which are stranded. It was the standard for many years and can be used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring was recently used as the wiring standard, and uses a somewhat higher gauge solid wire. This enables the transmission of data at 250 Mb/sec to 1000 Mb/sec (Gigabit), used by newer LANs. At these speeds, it is more reliable over long distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams (over short distances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferred for Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec to 10,000 Mb/sec), especially over long distances. Until recently, such speeds were not common, but rapid advancements in routers have made Gigabit networks the norm. Therefore, CAT6 wire should be installed whenever possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fiber optic cables theoretically have the highest transmission rate, but are currently expensive and difficult to install (because if they are bent during installation the fibers can break). Routers to connect to fiber optic cables are not readily available for the consumer, either. However, this is the ultimate in forward-thinking cabling for your house, and it will not be long before fiber optic cable will be standard in home construction. Fiber optic cables will replace your phone, television cable, and ethernet cables, so that one fiber optic cable will carry all those signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many commercial buildings use conduits for cabling, to allow easy cable runs and replacement of existing cables in the future. Conduits can be made of simple PVC pipes (like those used for irrigation), but most builders are reluctant to install them. Nevertheless, they do not take much effort to install during a new home construction, are not expensive, and provide superior protection for cables, especially fragile fiber optic cables. They will also prevent chewing on cables by varmints (such as squirrels and mice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide on wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16533</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16533"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T16:35:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5e/CAT6 wiring pre-installed, CAT5e/CAT6 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5e/CAT6 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5e-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5e/CAT6) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 vs. Fiber-optic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring uses the smallest gauge wires, which are stranded. It was the standard for many years and can be used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring was recently used as the wiring standard, and uses a somewhat higher gauge solid wire. This enables the transmission of data at 250 Mb/sec to 1000 Mb/sec (Gigabit), used by newer LANs. At these speeds, it is more reliable over long distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams (over short distances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferred for Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec to 10,000 Mb/sec), especially over long distances. Until recently, such speeds were not common, but rapid advancements in routers have made Gigabit networks the norm. Therefore, CAT6 wire should be installed whenever possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fiber optic cables theoretically have the highest transmission rate, but are currently expensive and difficult to install (because if they are bent during installation the fibers can break). Routers to connect to fiber optic cables are not readily available for the consumer, either. However, this is the ultimate in forward-thinking cabling for your house, and it will not be long before fiber optic cable will be standard in home construction. Fiber optic cables will replace your phone, television cable, and ethernet cables, so that one fiber optic cable will carry all those signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many commercial buildings use conduits for cabling, to allow easy cable runs and replacement of existing cables in the future. Conduits can be made of simple PVC pipes (like those used for irrigation), but most builders are reluctant to install them. Nevertheless, they do not take much effort to install during a new home construction, are not expensive, and provide superior protection for cables, especially fragile fiber optic cables. They will also prevent chewing on cables by varmints (such as squirrels and mice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16532</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16532"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T16:32:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5/CAT6 wiring pre-installed, CAT5/CAT6 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5/CAT6 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5/CAT6) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 vs. Fiber-optic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring uses the smallest gauge wires, which are stranded. It was the standard for many years and can be used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring was recently used as the wiring standard, and uses a somewhat higher gauge solid wire. This enables the transmission of data at 250 Mb/sec to 1000 Mb/sec (Gigabit), used by newer LANs. At these speeds, it is more reliable over long distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams (over short distances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferred for Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec to 10,000 Mb/sec), especially over long distances. Until recently, such speeds were not common, but rapid advancements in routers have made Gigabit networks the norm. Therefore, CAT6 wire should be installed whenever possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fiber optic cables theoretically have the highest transmission rate, but are currently expensive and difficult to install (because if they are bent during installation the fibers can break). Routers to connect to fiber optic cables are not readily available for the consumer, either. However, this is the ultimate in forward-thinking cabling for your house, and it will not be long before fiber optic cable will be standard in home construction. Fiber optic cables will replace your phone, television cable, and ethernet cables, so that one fiber optic cable will carry all those signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many commercial buildings use conduits for cabling, to allow easy cable runs and replacement of existing cables in the future. Conduits can be made of simple PVC pipes (like those used for irrigation), but most builders are reluctant to install them. Nevertheless, they do not take much effort to install during a new home construction, are not expensive, and provide superior protection for cables, especially fragile fiber optic cables. They will also prevent chewing on cables by varmints (such as squirrels and mice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16531</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16531"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T16:28:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or the somewhat heavier CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5 wiring pre-installed, CAT5 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring uses the smallest gauge wires, which are stranded. It was the standard for many years and can be used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring was recently used as the wiring standard, and uses a somewhat higher gauge solid wire. This enables the transmission of data at 250 Mb/sec to 1000 Mb/sec (Gigabit), used by newer LANs. At these speeds, it is more reliable over long distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams (over short distances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferred for Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec to 10,000 Mb/sec), especially over long distances. Until recently, such speeds were not common, but rapid advancements in routers have made Gigabit networks the norm. Therefore, CAT6 wire should be installed whenever possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fiber optic cables theoretically have the highest transmission rate, but are currently expensive and difficult to install (because if they are bent during installation the fibers can break). Routers to connect to fiber optic cables are not readily available for the consumer, either. However, this is the ultimate in forward-thinking cabling for your house, and it will not be long before fiber optic cable will be standard in home construction. Fiber optic cables will replace your phone, television cable, and ethernet cables, so that one fiber optic cable will carry all those signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many commercial buildings use conduits for cabling, to allow easy cable runs and replacement of existing cables in the future. Conduits can be made of simple PVC pipes (like those used for irrigation), but most builders are reluctant to install them. Nevertheless, they do not take much effort to install during a new home construction, are not expensive, and provide superior protection for cables, especially fragile fiber optic cables. They will also prevent chewing on cables by varmints (such as squirrels and mice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16530</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16530"/>
		<updated>2008-12-06T16:24:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or the somewhat heavier CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5 wiring pre-installed, CAT5 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring uses the smallest gauge wires, which are stranded. It was the standard for many years and is used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring has recently been used as the wiring standard, and uses a somewhat higher gauge solid wire. This enables the transmission of data at 250 Mb/sec to 1000 Mb/sec (Gigabit), used by newer LANs. At these speeds, it is more reliable over long distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams (over short distances).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferred for Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec to 10,000 Mb/sec), especially over long distances. Until recently, such speeds were not common, but rapid advancements in routers have made Gigabit networks the norm. Therefore, CAT6 wire should be installed whenever possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fiber optic cables theoretically have the highest transmission rate, but are currently expensive and difficult to install (because if they are bent during installation the fibers can break). Routers to connect to fiber optic cables are not readily available for the consumer, either. However, this is the ultimate in forward-thinking cabling for your house, and it will not be long before fiberoptic cable will be standard in home construction. Fiber optic cables will replace your phone, television cable, and ethernet cables, so that one fiber optic cable can carry all those signals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Many commercial buildings use conduits for cabling, to allow easy cable runs and replacement of existing cables in the future. Conduits can be made of simple PVC pipes (like those used for irrigation), but most builders are reluctant to install them. Nevertheless, they do not take much effort to install during a new home construction, are not expensive, and provide superior protection for cables, especially fragile fiber optic cables. They will also prevent chewing on cables by varmints (such as squirrels and mice).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16127</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=16127"/>
		<updated>2008-11-06T19:27:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or the somewhat heavier CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5 wiring pre-installed, CAT5 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring is the smallest gauge. It was the standard for many years and is used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring is now considered the standard, and uses somewhat higher gauge wires. This enables the reliable transmission of data at Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec), used by newer LANs. CAT5e is also more reliable than CAT5 over longer distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferable for standard 250 Mb/sec data speeds (and Gigabit adaptations). It is suitable for long wire runs for 250 Mb/sec (or Gigabit) data speeds. It is preferred over CAT5e for 10 Gigabit data transmission speeds (which is not currently very common in home and small office LANs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, even if you use higher gauge CAT5e and CAT6 wires, you will not achieve the higher data transmission speeds unless all your network components (cables, connectors, network cards, switches, etc.) also support higher data transmission speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=X10_LinuxMCE_Configuration&amp;diff=15291</id>
		<title>X10 LinuxMCE Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=X10_LinuxMCE_Configuration&amp;diff=15291"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T20:29:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Set up the computer interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference the [[CM11]] instructions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference the [[Setting_Up_PLM_Template|Insteon 2412s]] instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Power Line Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Automation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Core_To_Hybrid&amp;diff=15289</id>
		<title>Core To Hybrid</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Core_To_Hybrid&amp;diff=15289"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T20:15:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* How To Make A Hybrid Out Of a Core */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[category: tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
What?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CD install for 710 does indeed allow a hybrid install. All you have to do is click both the &amp;quot;Autostart Core&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Autostart Media Center&amp;quot; buttons on the Launch Manager and you have a hybrid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These instructions must apply to a previous version?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Make A Hybrid Out Of a Core==&lt;br /&gt;
Doing a CD install allows you to install a core only system. If later on, you want your core to become a hybrid, these are the steps you have to take&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Generic PC as MD with the web-admin (Unfortunately it can&#039;t be added to the core directoy, but only as a top level device)&lt;br /&gt;
# Go back into the device and change &amp;quot;This device is controlled via&amp;quot; to CORE&lt;br /&gt;
# Put it in a room&lt;br /&gt;
# Empty the &amp;quot;IP Address&amp;quot; field&lt;br /&gt;
# Reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a reboot it comes up (takes a while with lots of installations). &lt;br /&gt;
=== Problem ===&lt;br /&gt;
The UI might be displayed clipped (only showing the upper left corner).  To fix that, click the bottom left of the screen (normally the LMCE logo in UI1) and then the &amp;quot;Video Res &amp;amp; Audio Setup&amp;quot; button, this will take you thru the AVWizard to fix the problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article is a recap of what Zaerc wrote in [http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php?topic=2268.0 the forum].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Talk:Core_To_Hybrid&amp;diff=15288</id>
		<title>Talk:Core To Hybrid</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Talk:Core_To_Hybrid&amp;diff=15288"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T20:14:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: New page: What?  The CD install for 710 does indeed allow a hybrid install. All you have to do is click both the &amp;quot;Autostart Core&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Autostart Media Center&amp;quot; buttons on the Launch Manager and you h...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The CD install for 710 does indeed allow a hybrid install. All you have to do is click both the &amp;quot;Autostart Core&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Autostart Media Center&amp;quot; buttons on the Launch Manager and you have a hybrid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These instructions must apply to a previous version?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Emachines_T3646.jpg&amp;diff=14733</id>
		<title>File:Emachines T3646.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Emachines_T3646.jpg&amp;diff=14733"/>
		<updated>2008-07-06T21:31:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: Emachines T3646 publicity photo, from http://reviews.cnet.com/desktops/emachines-t3646/4505-3118_7-32924902.html&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Emachines T3646 publicity photo, from http://reviews.cnet.com/desktops/emachines-t3646/4505-3118_7-32924902.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Shuttle_SN68PTG6.jpg&amp;diff=14719</id>
		<title>File:Shuttle SN68PTG6.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Shuttle_SN68PTG6.jpg&amp;diff=14719"/>
		<updated>2008-07-06T20:38:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: Shuttle SN68PTG6 publicity photo from Shuttle website at www.shuttle.com&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Shuttle SN68PTG6 publicity photo from Shuttle website at www.shuttle.com&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Shuttle_SN68PTG5.jpg&amp;diff=14718</id>
		<title>File:Shuttle SN68PTG5.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Shuttle_SN68PTG5.jpg&amp;diff=14718"/>
		<updated>2008-07-06T20:36:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: Publicity photo for Shuttle SN68PTG5&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Publicity photo for Shuttle SN68PTG5&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Installation_Guide&amp;diff=14693</id>
		<title>Installation Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Installation_Guide&amp;diff=14693"/>
		<updated>2008-07-06T15:50:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Existing  Kubuntu 7.10 installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After installation please visit [http://linuxmce.org/troubles.php this page] and fill in any information you have about the installation process. This will aid the developers in fixing any faults.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; If you want to install LinuxMCE using the DVD, follow [[DVD Installation|these steps.]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hardware notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Hardware|this section for general hardware]] recommendations, and [[Video#PC_Preparation|this advice for PC preparation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE differs from other Home Theater PC systems in that some functions are performed by a [[Core]] PC and some functions are performed by a [[Media Director]] PC. A [[hybrid]] Core/Media Director PC does both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the central LinuxMCE Core server that will function on a home automation network, most recommended installations suggest 2 network interface cards (NICs). If you don&#039;t have a second NIC card already installed, it is easiest to do so &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;before&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; installing Kubuntu/LinuxMCE, since the second card will then be recognised and configured correctly during the initial installation. You won&#039;t have to fiddle with setting it up later. See [[Internal_LAN_setup|this section]] for tips on setting up a nested LinuxMCE LAN within an existing home LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you will have only a single PC acting as a hybrid Core/Media Director, 2 cards aren&#039;t strictly necessary, but putting them in at this stage will allow you to expand your network down the line.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a PC acting as a Media Director (either as a standalone or as a hybrid), an nVidia graphics card is strongly recommended so that you can display the [[Selecting the Right UI|User Interface]] in the highest resolution (UI2). If you don&#039;t have one installed, it is easiest to do so before starting software installation. It is probably best to stick with an nVidia card on the Core PC as well. Make sure the card is installed prior to software installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Video|Check out this video and example installation]] of a complete installation that took this guy a few days and will likely take you a few weeks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE 0704 (beta) was used only with Kubuntu Desktop version 7.04 (Feisty). The [[current version]] is [[Mirrors_0710|LinuxMCE 0710]] and is meant to be used only with Kubuntu Desktop version 7.10 (Gutsy). A version compatible with Kubuntu version 8.04 (Hardy) is planned for the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps for installing Linux MCE on an Kubuntu 7.10 (Gutsy Gibbon) system :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Existing  Kubuntu 7.10 installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can install LinuxMCE 0710 on a pre-existing installation of Kubuntu 7.10 using the 2 CD install method (but not the DVD method). To complete the installation you will need a Kubuntu Desktop 7.10 Live CD available, or at least a copy of the .iso file somewhere on your hard drive. (If you need to obtain one, see the next section for the download link. There are instructions if you want to burn a Live CD.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The install process will partially overwrite your previous Kubuntu installation using configuration files from the Live CD which are known to be uniquely compatible with LinuxMCE. If you have previously modified your Kubuntu system (subsequent to its original installation), you may lose some of your configuration files because LinuxMCE modifies them to suit its own needs. Therefore, do not install LinuxMCE on a mission-critical PC if you don&#039;t want to risk this. (You should dedicate one PC to be a LinuxMCE core server, anyway.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New installation===&lt;br /&gt;
If you &#039;&#039;don&#039;t&#039;&#039; already have an Kubuntu system installed, follow these generic steps to install Kubuntu Desktop 7.10 from the Live CD:&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the CD .iso image for either the [http://releases.ubuntu.com/kubuntu/7.10/kubuntu-7.10-desktop-i386.iso 32-bit version] or the [http://releases.ubuntu.com/kubuntu/7.10/kubuntu-7.10-desktop-amd64.iso 64-bit version], depending on your processor. Use the 32-bit version if in doubt. Note that LinuxMCE comes in both a 32-bit and a 64-bit version as well, so you must match. (If the above links are down, try this alternate site for the appropriate [http://de.releases.ubuntu.com/kubuntu/ Kubuntu Desktop Live CD].)&lt;br /&gt;
# If you don&#039;t know how to burn the .iso file to a bootable CD, then see [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto these instructions].&lt;br /&gt;
# Boot the Kubuntu Desktop 7.10 LiveCD.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose &#039;Start or install Kubuntu&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# When Kubuntu&#039;s desktop appears, click on &#039;Install&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# A short wizard will guide you. Select the language and press &#039;forward&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose your timezone and press &#039;forward&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the keyboard layout.&lt;br /&gt;
# Choose desktop name, a user name and a password. LinuxMCE uses linuxmce for the user and password, so it is often convenient to use linuxmce as the initial user and password at this step, as well.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the partitioning options for your disk. If this is going to be a dedicated server, you can use the entire disk.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ready to install.&lt;br /&gt;
# Reboot the system and remove the Live CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LinuxMCE==&lt;br /&gt;
===Download LinuxMCE=== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Good1.jpg|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
From within the Kubuntu 7.10 desktop, open Konqueror or Firefox (the orange and blue icon at the top), and go to [http://www.linuxmce.com www.linuxmce.com]. Select &#039;Download Instructions&#039; to download the LinuxMCE CD images (.iso files) or the DVD .iso image onto your machine. You can also find the [[current version|current version here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a 32-bit version and a 64-bit version of LinuxMCE. If you are using a 64-bit Kubuntu 7.10 installation, download the corresponding LinuxMCE version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be downloading two .iso files, each one corresponding to a CD image. The installer is able to use the .iso files directly from the hard drive, or you can burn them to a CD and then use them from the CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Obviously, if you are downloading the .iso files on another computer, you will have to burn them onto CD to use them.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To install using the .iso files on your hard drive directly, skip the next step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Burn download to CDs and install from CDs=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(If you plan to install directly from .iso files, skip this step and proceed to the next step.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t know how to burn an .iso file to a CD then see [https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BurningIsoHowto these instructions].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Burn the two CDs (assuming you are using this method).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then simply place CD 1 in the CD-ROM and the installer will autostart. You will then be prompted to put CD 2 in the drive, followed by the Kubuntu Desktop Live CD (see later sections).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest will take a lot of time but will essentially install automatically. Skip the next two steps and continue with the installation prompts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing mce-installer from command prompt===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Skip the next two steps if you are installing from actual CDs.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can install the mce-installer from a command prompt without the need to burn the ISOs as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
 cd &#039;&#039;/directory/where/the/downloaded/iso/files/are/&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 mkdir -pv mnt&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo mount LinuxMCE_0704_CD1.iso mnt/ -o loop&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo dpkg -i mnt/mce-installer_2.0.1-1_i386.deb&lt;br /&gt;
 sudo umount mnt&lt;br /&gt;
 rmdir -v mnt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using the 64-bit version, use mce-installer_2.0.1-1_amd64.deb instead of mce-installer_2.0.1-1_i386.deb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing mce-installer from the KDE Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Inst1.jpg|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have downloaded the packages and installed the mce-installer onto your disk, run the mce-installer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From Konqueror (or the Dolphin file manager), find and &#039;&#039;right-click&#039;&#039; on the mce-installer icon. Choose Kubuntu Package Menu --&amp;gt; Install Package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;This step is done automatically if you are installing from a CD.&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install LinuxMCE===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot1.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
The mce-installer places an &amp;quot;Install LinuxMCE&amp;quot; icon on your desktop.  Click it to start the installation process. A window will appear saying that you will be notified when updates are available. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Choosing type of Core====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot2.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Choose if you want a dedicated core or a hybrid. (In brief, a hybrid runs as both the Core and as a Media Director. As such, it needs more computing power. [[Do_I_want_a_dedicated_Core%3F|Click here]] to find out more differences between a core and a hybrid). Then click on the &amp;quot;Forward&amp;quot; button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you aren&#039;t going to set up an &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; home automation LAN at this time, but only will use a single PC for all LinuxMCE functions, then make that single PC installation a hybrid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, if you will create an entire home automation network, it is better to use one PC as the dedicated core server (not a hybrid). It will run faster. You can leave it &amp;quot;headless&amp;quot; (no monitor, keyboard, mouse), and leave it always on. In such a situation, &amp;quot;dedicated Core&amp;quot; would be suitable. Nevertheless, it is possible after installation to choose whether to autostart the Core services by themselves, the Media Director services by themselves, or both together. Thus a &amp;quot;hybrid&amp;quot; installation can later used as a &amp;quot;dedicated Core,&amp;quot; as a Media Director, or as both (a hybrid). There is little disadavantage, therefore, in choosing &amp;quot;hybrid&amp;quot; at this step. That is what many first time users choose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although it often possible to [[netboot]] other PCs to be used as [[Media Directors]] (from the Core or hybrid server), it is not necessarily always successful. Many users will therefore also choose to install LinuxMCE directly on a PC that will be be used as a Media Director, often placing it on a separate partition from the native OS. A bootloader (such as GRUB) is then used to choose whether to boot the LinuxMCE partition or the partition that contains the native OS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This step doesn&#039;t give you the choice of installing &amp;quot;Media Director only&amp;quot;, though. Therefore, for a PC onto which you are directly installing LinuxMCE for use as a Media Director, choose &amp;quot;hybrid.&amp;quot; It is possible to later turn off the &amp;quot;autostart Core services&amp;quot; option from the [[Launch Manager]] and use the &amp;quot;autostart Media Director services&amp;quot; option only. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Choosing Video Card====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot3.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
This step is displayed only when an nNvidia graphics card is detected by LinuxMCE. You will be asked if you want to use the proprietary nVidia driver (the only one that works well with LinuxMCE and nVidia cards), instead of the generic driver (which doesn&#039;t work as well). Generally you should use the proprietary driver. This step is here for legal reasons.    &lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Network Configuration====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot4.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
The next screen will ask you whether you want to keep your current network configuration or whether you want to set your network options manually. The &amp;quot;current network configuration&amp;quot; is usually what the Kubuntu Live CD originally detected and setup automatically. Most commonly this configuration instructs the PC to ask for a dynamic IP from your home LAN router&#039;s DHCP service. This option is asking whether your LinuxMCE should continue to ask for a dynamic IP from your external LAN&#039;s router (using DHCP), or whether you wish to set a static IP address for your LinuxMCE PC. This setting applies only to the (first) NIC card that is connected to the &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. Usually keeping the &amp;quot;current network configuration&amp;quot; is sufficient. Then press &amp;quot;Forward&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot5.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
If you chose manual installation, you must now choose whether your PC will use a static IP within the external home LAN, or whether it will accept a dynamic IP assigned by the LAN router&#039;s DHCP. If you do not have a home LAN and router, but connect directly through a cable modem, you most likely use a (static) IP (that your cable company assigns you). Generally you have to know your IP address, the cable company&#039;s gateway IP, and the cable company&#039;s DNS server information (which your cable provider must provide to you). In contrast, most DSL providers use DHCP-assigned dynamic IPs, so if you connect directly through a DSL modem, you most likely use DHCP. You don&#039;t have to worry about the gateway and DNS server; DHCP usually discovers those for you automatically. (Obviously, if you bought a static IP service from a DSL or T1 provider, you would have to choose static and fill in the information, just as for a cable modem.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t know what the heck you have, use DHCP.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Choosing Mirror for Packages=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot6.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
You have to choose a mirror. Pick one geographically close to you. Downloads will be faster. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Choosing DHCP Server=====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot7.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will be asked whether you want (the LinuxMCE core server) to Run a DHCP Server or not. The LinuxMCE core server will be the DHCP server for your &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; home automation network in order to provide plug-and-play detection of network devices like IP Cameras and VOIP phones, and to provide network boot images to any other PC&#039;s in the internal home automation network that you might want to use as Media Directors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hopefully you took some advice and already installed a second NIC card. That second NIC card is used so that LinuxMCE can provide an &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; DHCP network to the PCs (Media Directors), Orbiters, and devices &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;within&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt; your automated home network. All ethernet connections from these devices (within the home automation network) must be connected to a switch (or a router with DHCP turned off) which is then in turn connected to this second NIC card. The LinuxMCE core server then performs the DHCP functions for the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; home automation network. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In essence, the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; home automation network is nested within your &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. Some PCs can remain outside of the internal home automation network by being directly connected to the router, and therefore not connected to the LinuxMCE server. The first NIC card of the LinuxMCE server therefore communicates to the router of your external home LAN. The second NIC is connected to the internal home automation LAN. The LinuxMCE core server only acts as the DHCP server for the devices in the internal home automation LAN. Savvy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, you should answer yes to this question. The only time you would answer no is when you will have only one PC that will be a hybrid core server/media director and you do not plan to use any plug-n-play devices other than those connected directly to that single PC.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
You will be then asked if you want to keep the default Internal Network address for the internal home automation LAN  or if you want to change it. You might as well accept the default, unless you have some specific reason for specifying a unique IP range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press &#039;Forward&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Choosing Orbiter Interface====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot8.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
In the next window you need to choose what interface you want to use and you have to pick one of three possibilities. There are currently three options: UI1, UI2 with masking, and UI2 with alpha-blending.  UI2 requires specific video cards (nVidia). It is best to choose UI1 for the initial installation if you don&#039;t have the appropriate nVidia card or if in doubt, as the interface can be changed later. This will reduce the possibility of video card related errors during installation.  After installation, you can check to see if your video card can do masking and alpha-blending by following the instructions at [[Graphics Test]].&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installing Additional Packages====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot9.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
On the next step you have to choose if you want to install [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LAME lame] and [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libdvdcss libdvdcss] and if it is legal in your country to use them. In general you will want to install them both.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Choosing How to Primarily Use the Computer====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot10.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select how you plan to use your computer, either: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Primarily used as a PC -- you can start LinuxMCE manually when you need it,   or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A dedicated LinuxMCE -- you can start Kubuntu when you need it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the dedicated core server, choose the second option. If you have a power outage, you can then set the computer to auto-reboot and restore your system without intervention. (If you are serious about home automation, it is best to have a dedicated core server, anyway.) It is possible to access the Kubuntu desktop from within LinuxMCE (see [[#Additional Notes|below]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the first option and have a power outage, then you will require a boot-up script, cron scheduling, or manual intervention in order to restart the LinuxMCE system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are just experimenting with LinuxMCE and/or primarily use the PC as a Kubuntu desktop, the first option is suitable. Also, if you wish to directly install LinuxMCE directly on a PC that will be used as a Media Director, but intend to trade its function back and forth between that of a Kubuntu desktop and a Media Director, also choose the first option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Many PCs that will be used as Media Directors can simply be [[netboot|netbooted]] from the Core, however, so you do not really need to install LinuxMCE on them at all if you intend to netboot (which is generally easier).) &lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installing LinuxMCE Discs====&lt;br /&gt;
This step is very important. You have to insert the CD (or point to the location on the hard drive of the .iso file for the CD): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot11.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE CD 1&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot12.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE CD 2&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot13.JPG|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kubuntu 7.10 Live CD&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot14.JPG|400px|right]] &lt;br /&gt;
You can see the message about the Linux MCE system installation.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation can take a long time===&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t worry if the system seems to stop at points or report what seems like error messages.  &lt;br /&gt;
This is normal since at places it will be testing drivers out, and is only there for the advanced Linux user.  &lt;br /&gt;
You will get a dialog box if something really does go wrong.  And, understand this may take a very long time&lt;br /&gt;
since it will in parallel be updating your Kubuntu system to the latest version.  Just leave it for an hour &lt;br /&gt;
or two and come back later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installation Complete===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Snapshot15.jpg|400px|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
After the installation is done you’ll receive a message from the installer that will tell you to restart the system&lt;br /&gt;
{{clr}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Next follow the [[QuickStart Guide]] to tell LinuxMCE about how you want to use it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
If you specified that LinuxMCE should startup by default, then after rebooting you will see LinuxMCE (not the Kubuntu desktop).  If you will use this computer as a Media PC only, you don&#039;t need to access the Kubuntu desktop for any further set up -- all setup is done from the from the [[LinuxMCE Admin Website]] or through the LinuxMCE [[Orbiter]] User Interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to use this PC as a Kubuntu PC from &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; LinuxMCE, however, a menu option on the on-screen Orbiter User Interface of a Media Director is provided to bring up the KDE (Kubuntu) desktop. (This may not work well if the Media Director has been [[netboot|netbooted]].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also press Ctrl+Alt+F2 from within LinuxMCE to bring up the KDE desktop (then login and type StartX). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you specified that the Kubuntu desktop should be run by default, you can then start LinuxMCE manually from within the Kubuntu menu: Applications--&amp;gt;Sound &amp;amp; Video--&amp;gt;Start Media Center. (You can also click on the LinuxMCE icon on the Kubuntu desktop that was placed there during installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When LinuxMCE is running, you can toggle back and forth between them by pressing &#039;&#039;&#039;Ctrl+Alt+F7&#039;&#039;&#039; for Kubuntu or &#039;&#039;&#039;Ctrl+Alt+F11&#039;&#039;&#039; for LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tutorials]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=14645</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=14645"/>
		<updated>2008-07-04T14:57:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:175%; font-weight:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://linuxmce.org LinuxMCE]&#039;&#039;&#039; wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Your guide to a smarter home!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;clear: both; border: 1px solid #aaa; background-color: #f9f9f9; color: black; margin-bottom: 0.5em; margin-left: 1em; padding: 0.5em; float: right; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenu2.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;The main menu with media in the background (high resolution UI2B)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:FileBrowserUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Browsing media files (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Telephone dial pad (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[Screenshots|More screenshots and videos]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LinuxMCE is the only all-in-one open source solution that seamlessly combines:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Media &amp;amp; entertainment&#039;&#039; with a server for music and video, plus a [[PVR]] (like TiVo or Sky+)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Home automation&#039;&#039; to control everything from lights to heating with a touch-screen tablet or your mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Phone system&#039;&#039; with video conferencing&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Security system&#039;&#039; that feeds live video to your mobile device during a security breach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE builds on the superior networking capabilities of Linux to create a home automation/multimedia/communication network. No other operating system has this capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[LinuxMCE|Read more]] to see all the possibilities that LinuxMCE offers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the [[Video|LinuxMCE Video]] showing a detailed hardware and installation walk-through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Download=&lt;br /&gt;
Please take a moment to read about &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Known_Issues|known issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before downloading our &#039;&#039;Quick Install DVD&#039;&#039; or the &#039;&#039;Two-CD Installer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Globe.gif | link=Download_Instructions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Download_Instructions|Download LinuxMCE]] or buy [[LinuxMCE Products]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;After checking known issues please download from an appropriate mirror&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Project News=&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxTag 2008|LinuxTag 2008 a resounding success]] &#039;&#039;(28-May-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mirrors_0710|LinuxMCE Version 0710 (RC2) is released]] &#039;&#039;(07-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Logo|LinuxMCE Logos]] are now available for download &#039;&#039;(09-Apr-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Insteon_-_Setting_Up_PLM_Template|RC1 Insteon Support]] &#039;&#039;(20-Feb-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.osweekly.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;task=view&amp;amp;id=2664 Linux Media Center PCs Review Roundup] &#039;&#039;(4-Oct-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.news.com/DRM-troubles-drive-ex-Microsoft-employee-to-Linux/2100-1016_3-6210131.html DRM troubles drive ex-Microsoft employee to Linux] &#039;&#039;(26-Sep-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://linuxmce.org/news.php?id=10| New SchedulesDirect service for MythTV] &#039;&#039;(31-Aug-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Newspaper.gif | link=LinuxMCE_media_coverage | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE media coverage|More LinuxMCE media coverage]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Third party media and blog coverage&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wiki Site News=&lt;br /&gt;
* A new [[LinuxMCE.Org 2.0|scratch-pad area]] is being set up to help document a new front end website.&lt;br /&gt;
* LinuxMCE Wiki was updated to the latest version which includes an RSS feed extension. Instructions about how to use it can be found [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:WikiArticleFeeds here], or take a look at a [[Test RSS]] &#039;&#039;(31-Jan-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Documentation Access=&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki has many hierarchical [[:Category:Main|categories]] of articles. There are also developer maillists, [[Source_Code|source code]] repositories (with attached discussions), [http://mantis.linuxmce.org bug/issue report mangement] and [http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php forums] for discussion among users, developers and other members of the LinuxMCE community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Setups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=pcwork.gif | link=User Setups | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Setups]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Setups/Configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=User Manual | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Guides.gif | link=:Category:Tutorials | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[:Category:Tutorials|Guides]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;HOWTO guides describing common scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=FAQ.gif | link=Frequently Asked Questions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Responses to the most common questions&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Hardware.gif | link=Hardware | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Hardware]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Hardware documentation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Troubleshooting.gif | link=Troubleshooting | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help with common problems&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Mail.gif | link=Developers | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.charonmedia.org/mailman/listinfo Mailing List]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Stay up to date with regular emails&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Forum.gif | link=kjh | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://forum.linuxmce.com Forum]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support forum&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Forum.gif | link=Chat | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Chat]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support chat&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Contacts.gif | link=Contacts | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contacts|Contact Information]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Contact people involved with the project&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=Programmer&#039;s Guide | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Programmer&#039;s Guide]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;A guide for software developers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Software.gif | link=Software components | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Software components|Software Components]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Open source software used by LinuxMCE&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Bug.gif | link=Bug Reports | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Bug Reports]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help improve the software by reporting bugs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Binary.gif | link=Source Code | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Source Code]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Access the LinuxMCE source code&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=CDR.gif | link=Versions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Versions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;View version histories and changes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=14644</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=14644"/>
		<updated>2008-07-04T14:57:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__ __NOEDITSECTION__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size:175%; font-weight:bold&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://linuxmce.org LinuxMCE]&#039;&#039;&#039; wiki&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Your guide to a smarter home!&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;clear: both; border: 1px solid #aaa; background-color: #f9f9f9; color: black; margin-bottom: 0.5em; margin-left: 1em; padding: 0.5em; float: right; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;Screenshots&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:MainMenu2.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;The main menu with media in the background (high resolution UI2B)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:FileBrowserUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Browsing media files (medium resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DialNumberUI1.jpg|200px]]&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Telephone dial pad (low resolution UI1)&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[Screenshots|More screenshots and videos]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LinuxMCE is the only all-in-one open source solution that seamlessly combines:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Media &amp;amp; entertainment&#039;&#039; with a server for music and video, plus a [[PVR]] (like TiVo or Sky+)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Home automation&#039;&#039; to control everything from lights to heating with a touch-screen tablet or your mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Phone system&#039;&#039; with video conferencing&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Security system&#039;&#039; that feeds live video to your mobile device during a security breach&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE builds on the superior networking capabilities of Linux to create a home automation/multimedia/communication network. No other operating system has this capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[LinuxMCE|Read more]] to see all the possibilities that LinuxMCE offers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Watch the [[Video|LinuxMCE Video]] showing a detailed hardware and installation walk-through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Download=&lt;br /&gt;
Please take a moment to read about &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Known_Issues|known issues]]&#039;&#039;&#039; before downloading our &#039;&#039;Quick Install DVD&#039;&#039; or the &#039;&#039;Two-CD Installer&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Globe.gif | link=Download_Instructions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Download_Instructions|Download LinuxMCE]] or buy [[LinuxMCE Products]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;After checking known issues please download from an appropriate mirror&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Project News=&lt;br /&gt;
*[[LinuxTag 2008|LinuxTag 2008 a resounding success]] &#039;&#039;(28-May-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Mirrors_0710|LinuxMCE Version 0710 (RC2) is released]] &#039;&#039;(07-May-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Logo|LinuxMCE Logos]] are now available for download &#039;&#039;(09-Apr-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Insteon_-_Setting_Up_PLM_Template|RC1 Insteon Support]] &#039;&#039;(20-Feb-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.osweekly.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;task=view&amp;amp;id=2664 Linux Media Center PCs Review Roundup] &#039;&#039;(4-Oct-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.news.com/DRM-troubles-drive-ex-Microsoft-employee-to-Linux/2100-1016_3-6210131.html DRM troubles drive ex-Microsoft employee to Linux] &#039;&#039;(26-Sep-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://linuxmce.org/news.php?id=10| New SchedulesDirect service for MythTV] &#039;&#039;(31-Aug-07)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Newspaper.gif | link=LinuxMCE_media_coverage | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE media coverage|More LinuxMCE media coverage]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Third party media and blog coverage&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Wiki Site News=&lt;br /&gt;
* A new [[LinuxMCE.Org 2.0|scratch-pad area]] is being set up to help document a new front end website.&lt;br /&gt;
* LinuxMCE Wiki was updated to the latest version which includes an RSS feed extension. Instructions about how to use it can be found [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:WikiArticleFeeds here], or take a look at a [[Test RSS]] &#039;&#039;(31-Jan-08)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Documentation Access=&lt;br /&gt;
This Wiki has many hierarchical [[:Category:Main|categories]] of articles. There are also developer maillists, [[Source_Code|source code]] repositories (with attached discussions), [http://mantis.linuxmce.org bug/issue report mangement] and [http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php forums] for discussion among users, developers and other members of the LinuxMCE community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== User Setups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=pcwork.gif | link=User Setups | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Setups]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Setups/Configurations&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Support==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0 &lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=User Manual | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[User Manual]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;LinuxMCE User Manual&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Guides.gif | link=:Category:Tutorials | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[:Category:Tutorials|Guides]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;HOWTO guides describing common scenarios&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=FAQ.gif | link=Frequently Asked Questions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Responses to the most common questions&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Hardware.gif | link=Hardware | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Hardware]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Hardware documentation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Troubleshooting.gif | link=Troubleshooting | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Troubleshooting]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help with common problems&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Mail.gif | link=Developers | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.charonmedia.org/mailman/listinfo Mailing List]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Stay up to date with regular emails&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=Forum.gif | link=kjh | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://forum.linuxmce.com Forum]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support forum&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Forum.gif | link=Chat | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Chat]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Support chat&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=5 cellpadding=5 border=0&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Contacts.gif | link=Contacts | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contacts|Contact Information]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Contact people involved with the project&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Manual.gif | link=Programmer&#039;s Guide | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Programmer&#039;s Guide]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;A guide for software developers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Software.gif | link=Software components | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Software components|Software Components]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Open source software used by LinuxMCE&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Bug.gif | link=Bug Reports | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Bug Reports]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Help improve the software by reporting bugs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{Click || image=Binary.gif | link=Source Code | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Source Code]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Access the LinuxMCE source code&lt;br /&gt;
|width=48|{{UrlClick || image=CDR.gif | link=Versions | width=48px | height=48px }}&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Versions]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;View version histories and changes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14612</id>
		<title>Architecture Intro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14612"/>
		<updated>2008-07-02T06:36:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Orbiters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LinuxMCE is divided in two parts: the &#039;&#039;&#039;Core&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the backend) and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Media Director&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the frontend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Core==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Core]]&#039;&#039;&#039; has no user interface other than an [[LinuxMCE Admin Website|administration page]] (unless it is a [[hybrid]]).  It provides processing services throughout the home, however. It acts as the central database that catalogues your media. It routes home automation messages and commands, and provides net boot images for the [[Media Directors|Media Stations]]. It can even act as your phone system. You only have one Core in the house because it is the central point through which all devices connect. Your Core is generally left on all the time. If it is turned off, LinuxMCE functionality everywhere else in the home stops working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Media Directors==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Media Directors | Media Director]]&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka a Media Station) is connected to your TV. It is a PC running LinuxMCE,  but you do not need to install any software on a Media Director as long as you enable the Media Director to &#039;&#039;[[netboot]]&#039;&#039; LinuxMCE from the Core server.  (Network booting is a capability that almost all PCs have.  Through the BIOS setup on any PC, netboot can be enabled as the first bootup device.  When this setting is chosen and the PC is rebooted, the PC will search the network for a boot image and boots that image as its OS (rather than the OS on the hard drive).) In a LinuxMCE network, the Core provides the boot image over the network. The local PC that functions as a Media Director is essentially a thin client to the Core. (You can leave Windows, Fedora, or any other operating system you want on your PC&#039;s hard drive. When you want to use that PC as a LinuxMCE Media Director, enable netboot in the BIOS. When you want to use the OS that is stored on that PC&#039;s hard drive, reset the BIOS so that the hard drive is again the first boot device. (You can&#039;t do both at the same time.)) When LinuxMCE netboots, the software will not interfere with the software or operating system on the hard drive; it&#039;s like having 2 systems in one.  You only have to install LinuxMCE software on one PC, the Core, and you can then have thin client Media Stations on PCs throughout the house.  The whole process is fully automated and plug and play (whether or not you understand the concept of a netboot).  The only technical thing you need to do is turn on netboot in the BIOS of a PC you want to use as a Media Director. Your PC manufacturer instructions should tell you how to change the BIOS settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible for the PC that functions as the LinuxMCE Core to also function as a Media Director. This is known as a [[hybrid]], and it can be used as a standalone Home Theater solution. Later, you can add other Media Directors (using the netboot method described above). A hybrid, like a standalone Core, will provide netboot images across a network. The UI (user interface) on all Media Directors looks exactly the same as the UI on the hybrid Core/Media Director.  The hybrid should not be shut down, either, since it is acting as a Core. If you do, all the other Media Directors will stop working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orbiters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Orbiters]]&#039;&#039;&#039; are the control interfaces, or remote controls, for the system. Each Media Director has an on-screen Orbiter user interface. In addition, multiple devices, such as a Nokia Internet Tablet (n810), web enabled equipment, or mobile phones can be used as Orbiters. The Orbiter User Interface (stored on and accessed from the Core) can also be accessed from any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LinuxMCE and DHCP==&lt;br /&gt;
It is fairly important that within your LinuxMCE home automation/multimedia network, the Core must be the DHCP server. The DHCP server allocates IP addresses to all the devices within your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network.  Generally you can only have 1 DHCP server per network. In most cases you will already have a DHCP server on your &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN, usually as part of your router. (If you don&#039;t have a router and you have a dynamic (changing) IP address from your cable or DSL service provider, the DHCP server is at your cable or DSL provider&#039;s central office.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network can be &#039;&#039;&#039;nested&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; an existing home LAN, leaving some devices &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network. Or you can make your entire home LAN and the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN one and the same, making every device in your home LAN part of the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When every PC and ethernet-connected device in your home LAN is also part of your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN, then the Core must act as the router/DHCP server for the entire LAN. The DHCP on your existing router (if any) must be disabled and the Core then handles the DHCP functions for the entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the nested &amp;quot;network within a network&amp;quot; configuration, the LinuxMCE Core will act as the DHCP router for the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot;  automation/multimedia network only. Your existing router would still handle DHCP functions for the &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to do this is to have 2 network cards (NICs) in the PC that will be the LinuxMCE Core. One NIC would connect to the external network (the home router, or perhaps directly to a cable or DSL modem) and gets an IP address from the DHCP of your home router or ISP provider. The other NIC would connect to your &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN (through a switch or a router with the DHCP disabled). All your other PC&#039;s and devices &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN connect to the switch (or the DHCP-disabled router) and therefore use the Core as the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the default configuration that the LinuxMCE installer expects by default. This is the configuration recommended if you aren&#039;t experienced with networking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations it is possible for the Core to get by with a single network card (NIC), but it is not recommended. For example, if your home has a static, unchanging IP address assigned by your cable or DSL provider, and every device in your home LAN will also be part of your home automation/multimedia LAN, then you will only need one network card. The Core will be the DHCP server for your entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the rare instance when you will have a single PC acting as a hybrid Core/Media Director and do not plan to have any additional devices (i.e. you don&#039;t have a home LAN at all), then the Core does not need to be configured to provide DHCP. In this scenario, one PC would act as an standalone Home Theater PC. None of the network capabilites of LinuxMCE would be available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Usage Intro]] explains the concepts about how to use LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware| ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14611</id>
		<title>Architecture Intro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14611"/>
		<updated>2008-07-02T06:35:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LinuxMCE is divided in two parts: the &#039;&#039;&#039;Core&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the backend) and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Media Director&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the frontend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Core==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Core]]&#039;&#039;&#039; has no user interface other than an [[LinuxMCE Admin Website|administration page]] (unless it is a [[hybrid]]).  It provides processing services throughout the home, however. It acts as the central database that catalogues your media. It routes home automation messages and commands, and provides net boot images for the [[Media Directors|Media Stations]]. It can even act as your phone system. You only have one Core in the house because it is the central point through which all devices connect. Your Core is generally left on all the time. If it is turned off, LinuxMCE functionality everywhere else in the home stops working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Media Directors==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Media Directors | Media Director]]&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka a Media Station) is connected to your TV. It is a PC running LinuxMCE,  but you do not need to install any software on a Media Director as long as you enable the Media Director to &#039;&#039;[[netboot]]&#039;&#039; LinuxMCE from the Core server.  (Network booting is a capability that almost all PCs have.  Through the BIOS setup on any PC, netboot can be enabled as the first bootup device.  When this setting is chosen and the PC is rebooted, the PC will search the network for a boot image and boots that image as its OS (rather than the OS on the hard drive).) In a LinuxMCE network, the Core provides the boot image over the network. The local PC that functions as a Media Director is essentially a thin client to the Core. (You can leave Windows, Fedora, or any other operating system you want on your PC&#039;s hard drive. When you want to use that PC as a LinuxMCE Media Director, enable netboot in the BIOS. When you want to use the OS that is stored on that PC&#039;s hard drive, reset the BIOS so that the hard drive is again the first boot device. (You can&#039;t do both at the same time.)) When LinuxMCE netboots, the software will not interfere with the software or operating system on the hard drive; it&#039;s like having 2 systems in one.  You only have to install LinuxMCE software on one PC, the Core, and you can then have thin client Media Stations on PCs throughout the house.  The whole process is fully automated and plug and play (whether or not you understand the concept of a netboot).  The only technical thing you need to do is turn on netboot in the BIOS of a PC you want to use as a Media Director. Your PC manufacturer instructions should tell you how to change the BIOS settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible for the PC that functions as the LinuxMCE Core to also function as a Media Director. This is known as a [[hybrid]], and it can be used as a standalone Home Theater solution. Later, you can add other Media Directors (using the netboot method described above). A hybrid, like a standalone Core, will provide netboot images across a network. The UI (user interface) on all Media Directors looks exactly the same as the UI on the hybrid Core/Media Director.  The hybrid should not be shut down, either, since it is acting as a Core. If you do, all the other Media Directors will stop working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Orbiters==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Orbiters]]&#039;&#039;&#039; are the control interfaces, or remote controls, for the system. Each Media Director has an on-screen Orbiter user interface. In addition, multiple devices, such as a Nokia Internet Tablet (n810), web enabled equipment, or mobile phones, can be used as Orbiters. The Orbiter User Interface (stored on and accessed from the Core) can also be accessed through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LinuxMCE and DHCP==&lt;br /&gt;
It is fairly important that within your LinuxMCE home automation/multimedia network, the Core must be the DHCP server. The DHCP server allocates IP addresses to all the devices within your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network.  Generally you can only have 1 DHCP server per network. In most cases you will already have a DHCP server on your &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN, usually as part of your router. (If you don&#039;t have a router and you have a dynamic (changing) IP address from your cable or DSL service provider, the DHCP server is at your cable or DSL provider&#039;s central office.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network can be &#039;&#039;&#039;nested&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; an existing home LAN, leaving some devices &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network. Or you can make your entire home LAN and the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN one and the same, making every device in your home LAN part of the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When every PC and ethernet-connected device in your home LAN is also part of your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN, then the Core must act as the router/DHCP server for the entire LAN. The DHCP on your existing router (if any) must be disabled and the Core then handles the DHCP functions for the entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the nested &amp;quot;network within a network&amp;quot; configuration, the LinuxMCE Core will act as the DHCP router for the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot;  automation/multimedia network only. Your existing router would still handle DHCP functions for the &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to do this is to have 2 network cards (NICs) in the PC that will be the LinuxMCE Core. One NIC would connect to the external network (the home router, or perhaps directly to a cable or DSL modem) and gets an IP address from the DHCP of your home router or ISP provider. The other NIC would connect to your &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN (through a switch or a router with the DHCP disabled). All your other PC&#039;s and devices &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN connect to the switch (or the DHCP-disabled router) and therefore use the Core as the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the default configuration that the LinuxMCE installer expects by default. This is the configuration recommended if you aren&#039;t experienced with networking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations it is possible for the Core to get by with a single network card (NIC), but it is not recommended. For example, if your home has a static, unchanging IP address assigned by your cable or DSL provider, and every device in your home LAN will also be part of your home automation/multimedia LAN, then you will only need one network card. The Core will be the DHCP server for your entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the rare instance when you will have a single PC acting as a hybrid Core/Media Director and do not plan to have any additional devices (i.e. you don&#039;t have a home LAN at all), then the Core does not need to be configured to provide DHCP. In this scenario, one PC would act as an standalone Home Theater PC. None of the network capabilites of LinuxMCE would be available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Usage Intro]] explains the concepts about how to use LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware| ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14610</id>
		<title>Architecture Intro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14610"/>
		<updated>2008-07-02T06:30:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: Undo revision 14599 by Posde (Talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LinuxMCE is divided in two parts: the &#039;&#039;&#039;Core&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the backend) and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Media Director&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the frontend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Core==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Core]]&#039;&#039;&#039; has no user interface other than an [[LinuxMCE Admin Website|administration page]] (unless it is a [[hybrid]]).  It provides processing services throughout the home, however. It acts as the central database that catalogues your media. It routes home automation messages and commands, and provides net boot images for the [[Media Directors|Media Stations]]. It can even act as your phone system. You only have one Core in the house because it is the central point through which all devices connect. Your Core is generally left on all the time. If it is turned off, LinuxMCE functionality everywhere else in the home stops working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Media Directors==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Media Directors | Media Director]]&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka a Media Station) is connected to your TV. It is a PC running LinuxMCE,  but you do not need to install any software on a Media Director as long as you enable the Media Director to &#039;&#039;[[netboot]]&#039;&#039; LinuxMCE from the Core server.  (Network booting is a capability that almost all PCs have.  Through the BIOS setup on any PC, netboot can be enabled as the first bootup device.  When this setting is chosen and the PC is rebooted, the PC will search the network for a boot image and boots that image as its OS (rather than the OS on the hard drive).) In a LinuxMCE network, the Core provides the boot image over the network. The local PC that functions as a Media Director is essentially a thin client to the Core. (You can leave Windows, Fedora, or any other operating system you want on your PC&#039;s hard drive. When you want to use that PC as a LinuxMCE Media Director, enable netboot in the BIOS. When you want to use the OS that is stored on that PC&#039;s hard drive, reset the BIOS so that the hard drive is again the first boot device. (You can&#039;t do both at the same time.)) When LinuxMCE netboots, the software will not interfere with the software or operating system on the hard drive; it&#039;s like having 2 systems in one.  You only have to install LinuxMCE software on one PC, the Core, and you can then have thin client Media Stations on PCs throughout the house.  The whole process is fully automated and plug and play (whether or not you understand the concept of a netboot).  The only technical thing you need to do is turn on netboot in the BIOS of a PC you want to use as a Media Director. Your PC manufacturer instructions should tell you how to change the BIOS settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible for the PC that functions as the LinuxMCE Core to also function as a Media Director. This is known as a [[hybrid]], and it can be used as a standalone Home Theater solution. Later, you can add other Media Directors (using the netboot method described above). A hybrid, like a standalone Core, will provide netboot images across a network. The UI (user interface) on all Media Directors looks exactly the same as the UI on the hybrid Core/Media Director.  The hybrid should not be shut down, either, since it is acting as a Core. If you do, all the other Media Directors will stop working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LinuxMCE and DHCP==&lt;br /&gt;
It is fairly important that within your LinuxMCE home automation/multimedia network, the Core must be the DHCP server. The DHCP server allocates IP addresses to all the devices within your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network.  Generally you can only have 1 DHCP server per network. In most cases you will already have a DHCP server on your &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN, usually as part of your router. (If you don&#039;t have a router and you have a dynamic (changing) IP address from your cable or DSL service provider, the DHCP server is at your cable or DSL provider&#039;s central office.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network can be &#039;&#039;&#039;nested&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; an existing home LAN, leaving some devices &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network. Or you can make your entire home LAN and the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN one and the same, making every device in your home LAN part of the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When every PC and ethernet-connected device in your home LAN is also part of your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN, then the Core must act as the router/DHCP server for the entire LAN. The DHCP on your existing router (if any) must be disabled and the Core then handles the DHCP functions for the entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the nested &amp;quot;network within a network&amp;quot; configuration, the LinuxMCE Core will act as the DHCP router for the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot;  automation/multimedia network only. Your existing router would still handle DHCP functions for the &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to do this is to have 2 network cards (NICs) in the PC that will be the LinuxMCE Core. One NIC would connect to the external network (the home router, or perhaps directly to a cable or DSL modem) and gets an IP address from the DHCP of your home router or ISP provider. The other NIC would connect to your &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN (through a switch or a router with the DHCP disabled). All your other PC&#039;s and devices &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN connect to the switch (or the DHCP-disabled router) and therefore use the Core as the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the default configuration that the LinuxMCE installer expects by default. This is the configuration recommended if you aren&#039;t experienced with networking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations it is possible for the Core to get by with a single network card (NIC), but it is not recommended. For example, if your home has a static, unchanging IP address assigned by your cable or DSL provider, and every device in your home LAN will also be part of your home automation/multimedia LAN, then you will only need one network card. The Core will be the DHCP server for your entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the rare instance when you will have a single PC acting as a hybrid Core/Media Director and do not plan to have any additional devices (i.e. you don&#039;t have a home LAN at all), then the Core does not need to be configured to provide DHCP. In this scenario, one PC would act as an standalone Home Theater PC. None of the network capabilites of LinuxMCE would be available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Usage Intro]] explains the concepts about how to use LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware| ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14598</id>
		<title>Architecture Intro</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Architecture_Intro&amp;diff=14598"/>
		<updated>2008-06-30T20:14:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Media Directors */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;LinuxMCE is divided in two parts: the &#039;&#039;&#039;Core&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the backend) and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Media Director&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka the frontend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Core==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Core]]&#039;&#039;&#039; has no user interface other than an [[LinuxMCE Admin Website|administration page]] (unless it is a [[hybrid]]).  It provides processing services throughout the home, however. It acts as the central database that catalogues your media. It routes home automation messages and commands, and provides net boot images for the [[Media Directors|Media Stations]]. It can even act as your phone system. You only have one Core in the house because it is the central point through which all devices connect. Your Core is generally left on all the time. If it is turned off, LinuxMCE functionality everywhere else in the home stops working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Media Directors==&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Media Directors | Media Director]]&#039;&#039;&#039; (aka a Media Station) is connected to your TV. It is a PC running LinuxMCE,  but you do not need to install any software on a Media Director as long as you enable the Media Director to &#039;&#039;[[netboot]]&#039;&#039; LinuxMCE from the Core server.  (Network booting is a capability that almost all PCs have.  Through the BIOS setup on any PC, netboot can be enabled as the first bootup device.  When this setting is chosen and the PC is rebooted, the PC will search the network for a boot image and boots that image as its OS (rather than the OS on the hard drive).) In a LinuxMCE network, the Core provides the boot image over the network. The local PC that functions as a Media Director is essentially a thin client to the Core. (You can leave Windows, Fedora, or any other operating system you want on your PC&#039;s hard drive. When you want to use that PC as a LinuxMCE Media Director, enable netboot in the BIOS. When you want to use the OS that is stored on that PC&#039;s hard drive, reset the BIOS so that the hard drive is again the first boot device. (You can&#039;t do both at the same time.)) When LinuxMCE netboots, the software will not interfere with the software or operating system on the hard drive; it&#039;s like having 2 systems in one.  You only have to install LinuxMCE software on one PC, the Core, and you can then have thin client Media Stations on PCs throughout the house.  The whole process is fully automated and plug and play (whether or not you understand the concept of a netboot).  The only technical thing you need to do is turn on netboot in the BIOS of a PC you want to use as a Media Director. Your PC manufacturer instructions should tell you how to change the BIOS settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible for the PC that functions as the LinuxMCE Core to also function as a Media Director. This is known as a [[hybrid]], and it can be used as a standalone Home Theater solution. Later, you can add other Media Directors (using the netboot method described above). A hybrid, like a standalone Core, will provide netboot images across a network. The UI (user interface) on all Media Directors looks exactly the same as the UI on the hybrid Core/Media Director.  The hybrid should not be shut down, either, since it is acting as a Core. If you do, all the other Media Directors will stop working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LinuxMCE and DHCP==&lt;br /&gt;
It is fairly important that within your LinuxMCE home automation/multimedia network, the Core must be the DHCP server. The DHCP server allocates IP addresses to all the devices within your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network.  Generally you can only have 1 DHCP server per network. In most cases you will already have a DHCP server on your &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN, usually as part of your router. (If you don&#039;t have a router and you have a dynamic (changing) IP address from your cable or DSL service provider, the DHCP server is at your cable or DSL provider&#039;s central office.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network can be &#039;&#039;&#039;nested&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; an existing home LAN, leaving some devices &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; to the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network. Or you can make your entire home LAN and the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN one and the same, making every device in your home LAN part of the LinuxMCE automation/multimedia network as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When every PC and ethernet-connected device in your home LAN is also part of your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN, then the Core must act as the router/DHCP server for the entire LAN. The DHCP on your existing router (if any) must be disabled and the Core then handles the DHCP functions for the entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose the nested &amp;quot;network within a network&amp;quot; configuration, the LinuxMCE Core will act as the DHCP router for the &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot;  automation/multimedia network only. Your existing router would still handle DHCP functions for the &amp;quot;external&amp;quot; home LAN. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to do this is to have 2 network cards (NICs) in the PC that will be the LinuxMCE Core. One NIC would connect to the external network (the home router, or perhaps directly to a cable or DSL modem) and gets an IP address from the DHCP of your home router or ISP provider. The other NIC would connect to your &amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN (through a switch or a router with the DHCP disabled). All your other PC&#039;s and devices &#039;&#039;within&#039;&#039; your LinuxMCE automation/multimedia LAN connect to the switch (or the DHCP-disabled router) and therefore use the Core as the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the default configuration that the LinuxMCE installer expects by default. This is the configuration recommended if you aren&#039;t experienced with networking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations it is possible for the Core to get by with a single network card (NIC), but it is not recommended. For example, if your home has a static, unchanging IP address assigned by your cable or DSL provider, and every device in your home LAN will also be part of your home automation/multimedia LAN, then you will only need one network card. The Core will be the DHCP server for your entire LAN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the rare instance when you will have a single PC acting as a hybrid Core/Media Director and do not plan to have any additional devices (i.e. you don&#039;t have a home LAN at all), then the Core does not need to be configured to provide DHCP. In this scenario, one PC would act as an standalone Home Theater PC. None of the network capabilites of LinuxMCE would be available. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Usage Intro]] explains the concepts about how to use LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware| ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Automatic_diskless_boot_of_media_directors&amp;diff=14597</id>
		<title>Automatic diskless boot of media directors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Automatic_diskless_boot_of_media_directors&amp;diff=14597"/>
		<updated>2008-06-30T20:14:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* How to use it */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category: Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Networking]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Programmer&#039;s Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
 {| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE allows [[media director]]s to be booted over the network. This means that you can boot up thin clients without hard drives, or systems with other operating systems without affecting what is already on the disk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to set it up==&lt;br /&gt;
===Enable PXE boot===&lt;br /&gt;
This is also known as network boot and can be accessed in your computer&#039;s [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS BIOS]. The exact procedure varies depending on your PC.  Normally you press F2 or DEL right after turning the PC on to enter the BIOS settings.  There is then usually an advanced option to enable this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Set the correct boot order===&lt;br /&gt;
You are also going to want to set the boot order in the BIOS so the network boot comes first, and your hard drive second. However most BIOS&#039;s will make you first enable network boot, save your changes, restart the computer, and then enter the BIOS settings a second time to set the boot order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Determine your network card&#039;s MAC address===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This step is not needed since version 7.04&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;s&amp;gt;When network boot is working you should see at bootup the PC&#039;s mac address, and a messages about trying to contact a DHCP server, or trying to find a network boot image.  This will be a new message you didn&#039;t see before and it means network boot is active on the PC.  It will usually try for about 10 seconds to do a network boot image, and then give up and boot off the hard drive.  This is what you want.  When you see the message that it is trying to do the network boot, write down the mac address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also get the mac address in Windows by running IPCONFIG command prompt, or in Linux by typing ifconfig as root from a console or a terminal.&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup the media director in LinuxMCE===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This step is not needed since version 7.04 although the May 7th release of 7.10 appears to require it&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;s&amp;gt;In LinuxMCE Admin go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Wizard &amp;gt; Devices &amp;gt; Media Directors&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Add the media director if this is a new one, and set the mac address.  The mac address should be a series of six 2 character sequences separated by colons, like this:  1A:00:F2:21:23:9F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &#039;update&#039; to save your changes, and then click &#039;Setup Diskless Media Directors&#039;.  Wait for the popup window to finish.  If this is a new media director you just added, go to Wizard, Restart and click &#039;Quick Reload Router&#039; so the Router is aware of this new device.&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Boot up from the network===&lt;br /&gt;
Now turn on the PC.  You should see that it gets an IP address and boots into the media director software.  The first time you boot it, it can take up to 30 minutes to boot because it will be installing a lot of the software on the diskless image on the core.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some time, you will see the avwizard screen where you can choose your UI, resolution and so forth.  After finishing the avwizard, the system will setup your interface and eventually you will be prompted by the setup wizard where you should choose the media center setup and then go through your typical setup for this new MD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to use it==&lt;br /&gt;
If this media director has a hard drive in it that contains another operating system (like Windows or Linux), then from the media director&#039;s on-screen orbiter, or from any other orbiter that is currently controlling that media director, hit the &#039;power&#039; button and choose &#039;restart as windows/linux&#039; to boot up the computer off the hard drive and use it like a normal PC.  Then choose &#039;restart as LinuxMCE&#039; from the orbiter to boot it back again into LinuxMCE.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
===PXE-Boot hangs up, looping......===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have an Asus A7N8X-deluxe board, with two NICs onboard. When I connect one of them the MD tries to  boot via PXE. Everything seems to go its way until the line: filename tftpboot/pxelinux.0 comes up, for about 20 seconds and after this.&lt;br /&gt;
After this, the last block written:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP-Config eth0 complete (from 192.168.1.23)&lt;br /&gt;
adr: 192.168.80.255  broadcast: 192.168.80.255  netmask: 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
gateway: 192.168.80.1  dns0: 192.168.80.1 dns1: 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
rootserver: 192.168.80.1 rootpath: filename tftpboot/pxelinux.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is repeated about hours in a really fast way.....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answer====&lt;br /&gt;
It is switching NICs during the PXE boot. Disable one of the on-board NICs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Source: http://forum.linuxmce.org/index.php?topic=3521.0&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==GRUB PXE network boot==&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations, it may be more appropriate to use GNU GRUB bootloader:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The machine does not support PXE booting directly (no boot-ROM).&lt;br /&gt;
#You can use a GRUB boot menu to decide wheter you want to boot LMCE or the native OS.&lt;br /&gt;
#Booting is a lot faster when you boot the native OS by skipping the network step.&lt;br /&gt;
#GRUB allows for easy adjustments of the boot parameters at boot-time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in detail at [[GRUB PXE network boot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reduce boot time ==&lt;br /&gt;
When using diskless boot, all data have to be read over the network connection. This can cause boot up times longer than desirable. To avoid long boot up times, you can tune the NFS mount options of the NFS root. Specifically, the rsize and wsize options. You might do a Internet search for resources on this.&lt;br /&gt;
Another option is to implement suspending of the media director. Also know as standby, suspend or hibernate. This function is not integrated into LinuxMCE (yet), and requires some Linux shell hacking. See the [[Suspend]] article for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programmer&#039;s guide==&lt;br /&gt;
The network boot images are contained in /usr/pluto/diskless/[deviceID].  If a network image is corrupted, just delete that directory, and re-run &#039;Setup Diskless Media Directors&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user hits the power button to change which device is booted, the command is sent to &amp;quot;General Info Plugin&amp;quot;, which updates /tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/01-[mac address].  That file contains a line KERNEL or LOCALBOOT 0, depending on what the user wants to boot.  If it&#039;s LOCALBOOT 0, then when the media director tries to do a network boot the Core will tell it to boot off the hard drive instead.  General Info Plugin then sends the App Server running on that machine a command to reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there is both a Linux and Windows version of App Server, if App Server is installed and running on the Windows PC, then LinuxMCE can still reboot it remotely back into the network boot even if it&#039;s running Windows.  Also the Windows App Server utility gives you a tray icon to switch back to network boot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other Network Cards==&lt;br /&gt;
If you get to the remote machine starting the boot process, but then fails with it unable to find eth0, the reason may be because the stock diskless image did not have your network card statically compiled. The linux image building process does allow for additional network modules to be loaded during the boot process. The installer that linuxmce uses builds this image from a base copy of the operating system (ubuntu) that is untar&#039;d during the diskless setup process. It puts this into it&#039;s own directory that serves as a virtual harddrive for your diskless machine. In the /usr/pluto/diskless directory you should have a list of device numbers that correspond to your diskless machines. For example: &#039;45&#039; was the number for my diskless machine. Edit the file /usr/pluto/diskless/###/etc/initramfs-tools/modules and add on your nic&#039;s module. In my case I edit /usr/pluto/diskless/45/etc/initramfs-tools/modules and added sky2. Then run the /usr/pluto/bin/Diskless_InstallKernel.sh script with the device number (directory name) of your diskless machine. In my case &amp;quot;/usr/pluto/bin/Diskless_InstallKernel.sh 45&amp;quot;. This script builds the initrd image and puts it in the proper place (symlinks it actually).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The driver used in my machine was the &#039;sky2&#039; driver for Marvell Gigabit ethernet cards. Other drivers will be located in the /usr/pluto/diskless/xx/lib/modules/2.xxx/kernel/drivers/net/ directory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:MSI_K9N6SGM_V.jpg&amp;diff=14567</id>
		<title>File:MSI K9N6SGM V.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:MSI_K9N6SGM_V.jpg&amp;diff=14567"/>
		<updated>2008-06-29T15:21:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: From MSI publicity photo&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;From MSI publicity photo&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Netboot&amp;diff=14560</id>
		<title>Netboot</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Netboot&amp;diff=14560"/>
		<updated>2008-06-29T14:26:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Networking]]&lt;br /&gt;
A netboot is the process of [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_booting booting an operating system over a network]. The operating system image is stored on a central server&#039;s hard drive (in this case the [[Core]]), and loaded into the RAM of the PC which is requesting the netboot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many ways, it is similar to booting from a LiveCD or floppy, but the storage media is on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hardware enabled netboot==&lt;br /&gt;
Many newer PCs have [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Preboot_Execution_Environment PXE] built into the BIOS and are able to netboot. Older PCs from the 1990s may not have this capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many current Ethernet NIC cards have a hardware chip ([http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Preboot_Execution_Environment PXE]-ROM) that allows booting over a network. This option is selected from the BIOS configuration on the PC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Netbooting is more difficult [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wirelessly]] if the wireless card does not have an embedded PXE-ROM chip. Check the manufacturer&#039;s specifications. Some users have used [[Wireless_Networking#Netbooting_Wirelessly|wireless bridges]] to enable wireless netboots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It the PC has both an active wireless and a wired Ethernet card, or multiple active wired NIC cards, it can be tricky to set which card to use for PXE netboot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, direct netbooting from the BIOS is more successful over a single wired connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Software enabled netboot==&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, a netboot can be specified using a boot loader on the local PC&#039;s hard drive, such as GRUB. See [[GRUB_PXE_network_boot|this discussion]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be configured to use different Ethernet cards and allows for greater flexibility, but there is a certain amount of configuration and Linux knowledge required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Netbooting in LinuxMCE==&lt;br /&gt;
LinuxMCE can automatically configure itself to allow the [[Media Directors]] to do a &amp;quot;[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_booting Network Boot]&amp;quot;. In the past, network booting has been used mostly by Apple computers, and Windows generally hasn&#039;t supported it. Nevertheless, nearly all modern computer are capable of doing a network boot, offering some significant advantages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a computer does a network boot it means that it does not use its internal hard drive at all. Instead it boots up off the Core. This allows you to leave your current computer system on your local hard drive untouched by LinuxMCE, and you just hit a button on the remote to indicate if you want to use your computer like a normal PC (normal boot) or as a media director appliance (network boot). When it boots up as a Media Director, you don&#039;t have any computing issues to worry about. It functions just like an appliance -- no start menu, no software to install, nothing to configure, no viruses to worry about. This solves one of people&#039;s biggest complaints with media PC&#039;s (like Windows XP Media Centers) -- when they just want to watch TV, listen to music, or play a DVD they don&#039;t want to mess with a computer. They just want an appliance. With network boot you get the best of both worlds--it&#039;s a computer when you want to do computing, and an appliance the rest of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best of all there&#039;s no software you need to install to make it work. When you first turn your computer on, just press the key to enter the BIOS or setup program. There is normally an option to enable network boot, sometimes called &amp;quot;PXE&amp;quot;. (This is an embedded Linux netboot protocol.) There will also be an option for boot order. Put the network boot option before the hard drive boot option -- that way the Core can tell the computer whether it should do a network boot or boot like normal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can&#039;t figure out how to set this in your computer, you should contact the manufacturer&#039;s tech support. You can also try LinuxMCE&#039;s support and forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, once you enable network boot in your BIOS, every time you turn on your computer it will show you this MAC Address for a few seconds.&amp;amp;nbsp; There is also an Advanced / IPs and Mac&#039;s page in the LinuxMCE Admin site that will show all the Mac Addresses in use in your home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP must be enabled on the Core to use netboot. You can do this by checking the box in the installation wizard, or after the fact from the LinuxMCE Admin web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disadvantages of netbooting===&lt;br /&gt;
Netbooting can be slower than booting from the hard drive -- depending on network speeds, it can be much slower.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, if there is limited memory on the client, swap time is potentially slower over the network. The hard drive used by the peripheral PC remains on the central Core, so in effect, the effective &amp;quot;bus speed&amp;quot; becomes the data transmission speed of your network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly, unique hardware drivers and configurations for the client may not be recognized by a netboot, potentially causing a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kernel_Panic kernel panic] (i.e. the hardware can&#039;t be recognized well enough to netboot the OS).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alternatives to netbooting===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This may seem like a silly section, but the creators of Pluto and LinuxMCE are enamored of the concept of netbooting. Personally, I don&#039;t like it, for the reasons listed above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Very few PCs these days come with small hard drives, and it seems trivial to me to set up a second partition (using the Gparted Live CD, for example) on any PC that I intend to use as a Media Director. I simply install LinuxMCE on that second partition and configure it to automatically start as a Media Director. When I start the PC, the GRUB bootloader will give me the choice of using it as a Media Director or of using the native OS on the primary partition anyway. This is slightly less troublesome then using netboot (in which I have to change the BIOS settings), in fact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Booting LinuxMCE from a second partition on the hard drive is far faster than performing a netboot. Furthermore, I can even disable the Kubuntu hardware auto-detection modules in order to speed up the boot process even more (but that&#039;s not a job for a newbie!) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Plug and play is great, but touch and go is better!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
See also: [[Automatic diskless boot of media directors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[MDs Do Not Network %28PXE%29 Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Automatic_diskless_boot_of_media_directors#Troubleshooting|Troublshooting an automatic diskless boot]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=14445</id>
		<title>Wiring Considerations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Wiring_Considerations&amp;diff=14445"/>
		<updated>2008-06-26T00:25:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Audio cabling */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| align=&amp;quot;right&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  | __TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
  |}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older, proprietary home automation and security systems traditionally have required their own dedicated wiring. Placing that wiring was often the biggest hurdle in installing such systems, and usually entailed tearing open walls in order to run the special cables (which was often very thick and difficult to manage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, LinuxMCE uses standard Ethernet wiring and jacks. Because it is IP (Internet Protocol) based (the same protocol that runs the Internet and most local home and office networks), it runs directly over an Ethernet network. Ethernet networks use standard CAT5 (or the somewhat heavier CAT5e/CAT6) wiring with RJ-45 jacks. This wiring is often already pre-installed in recently-constructed homes, since it is now also used for many phone systems as well as for home networks. Even if your home does not already have CAT5 wiring pre-installed, CAT5 wires are some of the smaller, easier wires to install. Installing CAT5 wiring in a house is well worth the cost and will increase the resale value, even without a LinuxMCE system. Home networks (LANs) that are run over CAT5-wired Ethernet connections are increasingly popular for Internet access and file/printer sharing throughout the home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the only wiring requirement for LinuxMCE is that you have Ethernet (CAT5) wiring. All wired LinuxMCE devices (such as a PC used as a Media Director) will be able to directly plug into the RJ45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wired vs. wireless connections==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that not all LinuxMCE devices require a wired connection. Many can connect [[Wireless Networking|wirelessly]], if you have a wireless access point connected to the LinuxMCE [[Core]] server. However, it is easiest for the main components, the [[Core]] and the [[Media Directors]], to be connected in a wired fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CAT5 vs. CAT5e vs. CAT6==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5 wiring is the smallest gauge. It was the standard for many years and is used for data speeds up to 100 Mb/sec. However, the increased speeds and loads of modern LANs place a strain on the characteristics of this wire. It is no longer recommended as the wiring standard. In general 100 Mb/sec speeds can transmit 7 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT5e wiring is now considered the standard, and uses somewhat higher gauge wires. This enables the reliable transmission of data at Gigabit speeds (1000 Mb/sec), used by newer LANs. CAT5e is also more reliable than CAT5 over longer distances. In general, Gigabit data transmission speeds can transmit 100 simultaneous DVD quality video streams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*CAT6 wiring uses even higher gauge wires. It is preferable for standard 250 Mb/sec data speeds (and Gigabit adaptations). It is suitable for long wire runs for 250 Mb/sec (or Gigabit) data speeds. It is preferred over CAT5e for 10 Gigabit data transmission speeds (which is not currently very common in home and small office LANs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that all equipment in your network (cables, connectors, network cards, switches etc) need to support CAT5e or CAT6 in order to achive the rated data speeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using pre-installed CAT5 placed for telephone systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible but not wise to use the same wire for the telephone system and the LAN (see the discussion page for more details). Telephone systems run their own power over the CAT5 lines in a configuration different from Ethernet devices. If you connect an Ethernet device to a live telephone line, you can burn out the Ethernet device unless you are very careful about tracing the leads. While some users have wired analog phone and ethernet on the same CAT5 wire, it is strongly discouraged.                     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, most new telephone installations include redundant CAT5 wires that are not connected to the telephone system. (For example, my home is wired with two CAT5 wires to each location, one connected to a telephone jack and one left unconnected.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very easy to use a redundant CAT5 wire for the LAN by connecting it to an additional RJ-45 jack, which can then be added to the same outlet. The wire must then be traced to the other end, which will almost always be at the telephone patch panel for your home (where hopefully it will also be unconnected) and connected to the LAN there, instead. (This presumes, of course, that at the location of the telephone patch panel you have a router, switch, or RJ45 connection (to the rest of your LAN) to which you can connect this wire (using an RJ-45 connector).)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ethernet wiring standards==&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that there are two wiring standards for Ethernet, T568A and T568B. My local electrician was clueless about this and wired all my CAT5 connections wrong. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a quick tutorial, see [http://www.ertyu.org/steven_nikkel/ethernetcables.html this guide or wiring Ethernet connections].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Ethernet wiring is currently done using the T568B standard, and I highly recommend you stick to it. However, you must be aware of deviations from this standard. For example, my Ethernet-wired surveillance cameras all use the T568A standard. This took me a long time to figure out, and, again, my electrician wired them all incorrectly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is tricky to adapt T568A to T568B -- you need a special type of cross-over cable. This is somewhat complex. For the most part, I recommend you just wire everything using the T568B standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Audio cabling==&lt;br /&gt;
In some instances, you may wish to install cabling for audio signals (line in/out audio, speakers, etc.) to or from your LinuxMCE system. If an audio cable is close to the power lines, the audio cable will pick up 50 or 60 Hz frequency power line noise. This will cause a &amp;quot;humming&amp;quot; in your audio signal which is very annoying. In general low-volt audio wires should be at least 18 inches away from power lines, not run parallel to power lines for more than 2 feet, and should cross perpindicular to power lines whenever possible. If you are planning to install audio cabling in your home, take a look at the [http://www.hometech.com/learn/audio.html Whole-House Audio Tutorial] from HomeTech Solutions. (It is not LinuxMCE specific but is very informative.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see:&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EIA_568A What is proper CAT5 cabling?]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Building_a_new_Home_around_LinuxMCE&amp;diff=14444</id>
		<title>Building a new Home around LinuxMCE</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Building_a_new_Home_around_LinuxMCE&amp;diff=14444"/>
		<updated>2008-06-26T00:24:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Plan integration with your swimming pool controls */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[category: tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Intro==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate piece of hardware: your home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Think of it as a big computer case. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New construction is the ideal time to plan for a LinuxMCE system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some lessons learned and advice when integrating a LinuxMCE system into your construction plans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The central hub==&lt;br /&gt;
While [[Wireless Networking|wireless]] is quite popular, interference is always a worry for some homeowners and homebuilders. Therefore, hardwiring Ethernet is still the most popular way to create a home network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each room that has a phone jack or a cable jack ought to have an Ethernet jack as well. All Cat-5 or Cat-6 wiring from the RJ-45 Ethernet jacks in each room should be run to a central closet that is constructed specifically as a communications hub. It doesn&#039;t add significant construction cost to run an extra CAT-5 wire at the same time as other low-voltage lines (such as cable, phone, and speaker wires).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(In the future, fiber optic cable between all rooms will be desirable, but I don&#039;t know how to do that in 2008, and it isn&#039;t economically feasible at this time).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This communications closet should have its own air-conditioning duct, since there will be multiple electronics components in it. These components may end up being expensive, so an indoor location is advised (it is too easy to break into a garage). Furthermore, garage temperatures may fluctuate far more significantly than they will in an indoor location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The closet should &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; be part of a utility room, as the humidity and heat from washer machines and dryers are not very nice for electronics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communications closet should &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; be next to a bedroom or area that requires quiet, such as a baby nursery. Some components may have noisy fans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communications closet should have all the telephone, cable, and Ethernet (CAT-5) wiring terminating in patch panels inside it. Any satellite, cable, or other external data sources should also terminate there as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The communications closet should have multiple electrical outlets -- the more the better. I have twelve outlets in mine, and it still is not enough! (I hate extension cord octopi). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wire security cameras into the home, end the surveillance wiring in the communications closet as well. Plan for a rack mount for the camera interface, which usually requires power and a panel for RCA outputs and/or Ethernet connections (if the cameras are Ethernet connected).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All speaker wires should terminate in the communication closet as well, and should terminate in a well-marked patch panel with high-quality banana plug female connectors. When you place speaker wire, it is best to include in-line volume knobs locally in each room. It is very difficult to put these in later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should plan in advance that a large amplifier with enough channels and powerful enough to power all speakers in the house will be situated in the communications closet. Make sure a sturdy shelf is available to support it, with adequate power. This can be a lower shelf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The LinuxMCE Core server PC will be in the closet, obviously. It will be connected to one or two routers. At least one router must be wireless, and should be on a high shelf. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the PC to be used as the LinuxMCE server can eventually be &amp;quot;headless&amp;quot; (no monitor), until your system is functional it will be easier if you have room for a small monitor on the shelf next to the server. It is also easiest if the shelf holding the PC server has a slide-out drawer on which you can rest a keyboard and mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has seen a modern complex telephone PBX in an office building will have seen this type of setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Provide extra connectivity to your Home Entertainment Center==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many contractors place much of the wiring noted above in the living room, with the intent of building a home entertainment center around the wiring. Avoid the temptation to do this. That was a construction technique from the 1990s and is outdated with the concept of a central Core server used to control your entire home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is still useful to provide an extra RJ-45 jack with CAT-5 wiring to your Entertainment Center (i.e. 2 RJ-45 jacks/wires for Ethernet connections), in addition to your cable (if desired).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides opportunity for a redundant system, or at least a local access point or switch/router in your living room. Note that there are many iPod interfaces that will connect to a RJ-45 jack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While not strictly necessary, it has been very helpful for me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Controllers versus hard wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
You must now decide whether you want switches for many of the large functions of your home in the communications closet, or whether you will use a home automation system like X10 or Insteon (or Zwave).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you use one of these home automation systems, buy the switches in advance and install them at the initial construction, instead of traditional switches. It is much less expensive to install them at the outset, making your home ready for home automation, than to swap them out later. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plan integration with home security===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
All motion detectors and door contacts used for security systems should also terminate in your communications closet, especially if you are not using the X10 or Insteon type of systems. If you already have a home security system, locate it in the communications closet temporarily, while you transition to a total LinuxMCE solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plan integration with your swimming pool controls===&lt;br /&gt;
The swimming pool can be controlled by the LinuxMCE system. Make sure you plan to place the controls planned in the communications closet, or at least use X10 or Insteon (or Jandy) controllers for the pool switches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plan integration with your HVAC system and thermostats===&lt;br /&gt;
This is one of the primary reasons to use LinuxMCE: to effect energy savings from an automated home. If you have radiant heat, additonal water heaters, redundant air conditioning systems, make sure all of them have a control terminus in the communications closet, or at least X10 or Insteon compatible thermostats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most HVAC contractors are used to a very simple thermostat. You must insist on installing a thermostat compatible with your X10, Insteon, or other home automation control. If not, then all HVAC control wiring should pass though the communications closet and have an additional switch placed there. This is one of the most important and most often neglected steps in a new construction, when home automation is planned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also don&#039;t forget your whole-house fan switch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My home has a whole house fan, radiant heat, and two HVAC systems. I have mechanized doors that close off a large part of the house at night (so I don&#039;t have to heat the whole house). Each is most efficient at a different time of year, and depending on the weather. Only a computerized system can remember all the variables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plan integration with your sprinklers and outdoor lighting===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yep, you guessed it. Controls should be here (or at least X10/Insteon compatibility). I never said the communications closet should be small. It&#039;s a walk-in closet, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Garage door opener integration===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course. But this is easily accomplished with X10/Insteon switches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now you should think of yourself as a house neurosurgeon. Your job is to keep the brain of the house healthy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automatic curtain controls===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My neighbor has them: motorized curtains. They are important for keeping parts of his house cool. They can be controlled by LinuxMCE through the X10/Insteon interfaces. Make sure the curtain switch is compliant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Wiring Considerations===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Wiring Considerations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=X10_LinuxMCE_Configuration&amp;diff=14443</id>
		<title>X10 LinuxMCE Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=X10_LinuxMCE_Configuration&amp;diff=14443"/>
		<updated>2008-06-26T00:21:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Configuring you X10 setup with LinuxMCE=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need at a minimum:&lt;br /&gt;
*LinuxMCE installed and working.&lt;br /&gt;
* A Serial -&amp;gt; Usb adapter (if you have no available serial ports as is common with newer motherboards)&lt;br /&gt;
*CM11 computer interface for X10 OR the Insteon 2412 plm.&lt;br /&gt;
*One X10 device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting up the computer interface==&lt;br /&gt;
Please reference the [[CM11]] instructions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please reference the [[Setting_Up_PLM_Template|Insteon 2412s]] instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Power Line Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Automation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14439</id>
		<title>Category:Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14439"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:13:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category: Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see this list of widely available [[Automation|home automation systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to add to this section, please add the relevant subcategory as listed below with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category: Infrared]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; for example to the top of a page you wish to have listed here.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14438</id>
		<title>Category:Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14438"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category: Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Automation section is broken down into the various methods to control aspects of your home which include:&lt;br /&gt;
*Over existing powerlines&lt;br /&gt;
*RF (Wireless)&lt;br /&gt;
*Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
*Serial&lt;br /&gt;
*1 Wire Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
*IR - Infra-Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see this list of widely available [[Automation|home automation systems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also articles on how to create events&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Advanced Pages Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Timed Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to add to this section, please add the relevant subcategory as listed below with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category: Infrared]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; for example to the top of a page you wish to have listed here.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14437</id>
		<title>Category:Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Automation&amp;diff=14437"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:12:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category: Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Home Automation section is broken down into the various methods to control aspects of your home which include:&lt;br /&gt;
*Over existing powerlines&lt;br /&gt;
*RF (Wireless)&lt;br /&gt;
*Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
*Serial&lt;br /&gt;
*1 Wire Sensors&lt;br /&gt;
*IR - Infra-Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also see this list of widely available [[Automation|automation equipment]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also articles on how to create events&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Advanced Pages Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Timed Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like to add to this section, please add the relevant subcategory as listed below with &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category: Infrared]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; for example to the top of a page you wish to have listed here.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14436</id>
		<title>Category:Pool Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14436"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:10:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Automation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14435</id>
		<title>Jandy Aqualink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14435"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:10:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Automation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Pool Automation]]&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to control your pool is with the [http://www.jandy.com/html/products/controls/controlsacc/homeautomation.php Jandy Home Automation interface] (Aqualink RS serial).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This basically provides an interface between the PC (LinuxMCE) and the AquaLink RS OneTouch or All Button system, which then sends the instructions to the Jandy Power Center Enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation instructions are found [http://www.jandy-downloads.com/pdfs/AquaLink_RS_Serial_manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Approx [http://www.poolsupplyworld.com/automaticpool-controls/jdy-7620.htm?id=4 $390]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14434</id>
		<title>Category:Pool Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14434"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:09:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Automation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Jandy Aqualink]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14433</id>
		<title>Category:Pool Automation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Category:Pool_Automation&amp;diff=14433"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T22:09:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: New page: Category:Automation  The Jandy Home Automation interface is able to send RS232 commands to the Jandy controller, in order to control your pool and spa functions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Automation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jandy Home Automation interface is able to send RS232 commands to the Jandy controller, in order to control your pool and spa functions.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14429</id>
		<title>Jandy Aqualink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14429"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T21:16:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Hardware]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Automation]]&lt;br /&gt;
The easiest way to control your pool is with the [http://www.jandy.com/html/products/controls/controlsacc/homeautomation.php Jandy Home Automation interface] (Aqualink RS serial).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This basically provides an interface between the PC (LinuxMCE) and the AquaLink RS OneTouch or All Button system, which then sends the instructions to the Jandy Power Center Enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation instructions are found [http://www.jandy-downloads.com/pdfs/AquaLink_RS_Serial_manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Approx [http://www.poolsupplyworld.com/automaticpool-controls/jdy-7620.htm?id=4 $390]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14428</id>
		<title>Jandy Aqualink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Jandy_Aqualink&amp;diff=14428"/>
		<updated>2008-06-25T21:16:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: New page: The easiest way to control your pool is with the [http://www.jandy.com/html/products/controls/controlsacc/homeautomation.php Jandy Home Automation interface] (Aqualink RS serial).  This ba...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The easiest way to control your pool is with the [http://www.jandy.com/html/products/controls/controlsacc/homeautomation.php Jandy Home Automation interface] (Aqualink RS serial).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This basically provides an interface between the PC (LinuxMCE) and the AquaLink RS OneTouch or All Button system, which then sends the instructions to the Jandy Power Center Enclosure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The installation instructions are found [http://www.jandy-downloads.com/pdfs/AquaLink_RS_Serial_manual.pdf here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Approx [http://www.poolsupplyworld.com/automaticpool-controls/jdy-7620.htm?id=4 $390]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Fusion430.jpg&amp;diff=14395</id>
		<title>File:Fusion430.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=File:Fusion430.jpg&amp;diff=14395"/>
		<updated>2008-06-23T19:24:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: Antec Fusion 430 Case publicity photo from http://www.antec.com/us/productDetails.php?ProdID=15740&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Antec Fusion 430 Case publicity photo from http://www.antec.com/us/productDetails.php?ProdID=15740&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Orbiter_Generator&amp;diff=14379</id>
		<title>Orbiter Generator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Orbiter_Generator&amp;diff=14379"/>
		<updated>2008-06-23T18:27:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Running OrbiterGen (performing a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;It would be impractical and inefficient for the Orbiters, many of which have limited processing power, to repeatedly rebuild and re-render the User Interface (UI) graphics on the fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The User Interface images are all very high resolution. They need to be resized to accommodate the various sizes and resolutions of the different screens on different types of Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, on the Core is a program called OrbiterGen that &#039;&#039;&#039;pre-renders&#039;&#039;&#039; the UI graphics as much as possible.  Graphics and text are combined into single pre-rendered bitmaps and stored in a database on the Core. These pre-rendered images are sent directly to each different [[Orbiter]] whenever it starts, allowing immediate display of the User Interface on the Orbiter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only time you will need to use OrbiterGen is when you are manipulating the User Interface (or designing a new one). This occurs, for example, whenever you create or change scenarios. Adding a new scenario may result in the creation of new buttons for the User Interface, or may result in changes to the text on existing buttons. Perhaps an entirely new screen will be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OrbiterGen also must be run whenever the User Interface is customized using [[Designer]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Regen the Orbiter===&lt;br /&gt;
The Core maintains a list of the Orbiters used by your system in a database. It generates and stores a User Interface screen for each different type of Orbiter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will &amp;quot;regenerate&amp;quot; the User Interface screens each time you change the UI (by adding/changing scenarios or using Designer), or whenever you request a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;. If you have five different types of Orbiters (each with a different type of screen), then five different images will be regenerated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until the User Interface images are regenerated, you won&#039;t be able to see the changes to your buttons (or screens). The &amp;quot;regeneration&amp;quot; process can take about 2-5 minutes to recreate the UI screens for all the different types of Orbiters, depending on the number of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appropriate UI image is then sent from the Core to a particular Orbiter only when that Orbiter is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You needn&#039;t do a regen each time you add or change a scenario, however. You can wait until you have finished adding or changing scenarios before you perform a regen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While you are editing or adding scenarios (or using Designer), it is possible to regenerate a UI for the single Orbiter, however, (the one that you are using) by doing a &amp;quot;Quick regen&amp;quot;. This allows you to view the new User Interface without having to do a full regen for every Orbiter type. This is much quicker and allows you to see your changes without waiting for a full regen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have finished adding and changing scenarios, you can do a full regen for all the Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This regen process can be a bit annoying, but is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(In future editions of LinuxMCE, it is planned to allow Media Directors, which have a lot more processing power, to render their on-screen Orbiter User Interfaces on the fly (so you don&#039;t have to do a regen each time you add or remove a scenario)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running OrbiterGen (performing a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*The OrbiterGen program is invoked automatically each time you finish adding or changing a scenario or making changes using Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can perform either a &amp;quot;full Orbiter regen&amp;quot; of a &amp;quot;Quick regen&amp;quot; at any time by using buttons located on the Core&#039;s [[Launch Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For All Orbiters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE Admin Website]]--&amp;gt;Wizard--&amp;gt;Devices--&amp;gt;[[Orbiter]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* There are two buttons on the top of the screen. Select either either &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick Regen All&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Full Regen All&#039;&#039;&#039; for all Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For a single Orbiter: &lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE Admin Website]]--&amp;gt;Wizard--&amp;gt;Devices--&amp;gt;[[Orbiter]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:*To regenerate a single orbiter, scroll down the page to the desired orbiter and select either &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick Regen&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Full Regen&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
The User&#039;s Manual explains the command line options.  There is no Programmer&#039;s Guide for OrbiterGen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Orbiters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Orbiter_Generator&amp;diff=14378</id>
		<title>Orbiter Generator</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.linuxmce.org/index.php?title=Orbiter_Generator&amp;diff=14378"/>
		<updated>2008-06-23T18:26:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Perspectoff: /* Running OrbiterGen (performing a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;It would be impractical and inefficient for the Orbiters, many of which have limited processing power, to repeatedly rebuild and re-render the User Interface (UI) graphics on the fly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The User Interface images are all very high resolution. They need to be resized to accommodate the various sizes and resolutions of the different screens on different types of Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, on the Core is a program called OrbiterGen that &#039;&#039;&#039;pre-renders&#039;&#039;&#039; the UI graphics as much as possible.  Graphics and text are combined into single pre-rendered bitmaps and stored in a database on the Core. These pre-rendered images are sent directly to each different [[Orbiter]] whenever it starts, allowing immediate display of the User Interface on the Orbiter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only time you will need to use OrbiterGen is when you are manipulating the User Interface (or designing a new one). This occurs, for example, whenever you create or change scenarios. Adding a new scenario may result in the creation of new buttons for the User Interface, or may result in changes to the text on existing buttons. Perhaps an entirely new screen will be created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OrbiterGen also must be run whenever the User Interface is customized using [[Designer]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Regen the Orbiter===&lt;br /&gt;
The Core maintains a list of the Orbiters used by your system in a database. It generates and stores a User Interface screen for each different type of Orbiter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will &amp;quot;regenerate&amp;quot; the User Interface screens each time you change the UI (by adding/changing scenarios or using Designer), or whenever you request a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;. If you have five different types of Orbiters (each with a different type of screen), then five different images will be regenerated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until the User Interface images are regenerated, you won&#039;t be able to see the changes to your buttons (or screens). The &amp;quot;regeneration&amp;quot; process can take about 2-5 minutes to recreate the UI screens for all the different types of Orbiters, depending on the number of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appropriate UI image is then sent from the Core to a particular Orbiter only when that Orbiter is activated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You needn&#039;t do a regen each time you add or change a scenario, however. You can wait until you have finished adding or changing scenarios before you perform a regen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While you are editing or adding scenarios (or using Designer), it is possible to regenerate a UI for the single Orbiter, however, (the one that you are using) by doing a &amp;quot;Quick regen&amp;quot;. This allows you to view the new User Interface without having to do a full regen for every Orbiter type. This is much quicker and allows you to see your changes without waiting for a full regen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have finished adding and changing scenarios, you can do a full regen for all the Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This regen process can be a bit annoying, but is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(In future editions of LinuxMCE, it is planned to allow Media Directors, which have a lot more processing power, to render their on-screen Orbiter User Interfaces on the fly (so you don&#039;t have to do a regen each time you add or remove a scenario)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Running OrbiterGen (performing a &amp;quot;regen&amp;quot;)===&lt;br /&gt;
*The OrbiterGen program is invoked automatically each time you finish adding or changing a scenario or making changes using Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can perform either a &amp;quot;full Orbiter regen&amp;quot; of a &amp;quot;Quick regen&amp;quot; at any time by using buttons located on the Core&#039;s [[Launch Manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For All Orbiters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE Admin Website]]--&amp;gt;Wizard--&amp;gt;Devices--&amp;gt;[[Orbiter]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* There are two buttons on the top of the screen. Select either either &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick Regen All&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Full Regen All&#039;&#039;&#039; for all Orbiters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*For a single Orbiter: &lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;&#039;[[LinuxMCE Admin Website]]--&amp;gt;Wizard--&amp;gt;Devices--&amp;gt;[[Orbiter]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:*To regenerate a single orbiter, scroll down the page to the desired orbiter and select either &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick Regen&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Full Regen&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other==&lt;br /&gt;
The User&#039;s Manual explains the command line options.  There is no Programmer&#039;s Guide for OrbiterGen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Orbiters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Perspectoff</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>